WO2007056135A1 - Method of treating cancers with saha and pemetrexed - Google Patents

Method of treating cancers with saha and pemetrexed Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007056135A1
WO2007056135A1 PCT/US2006/042950 US2006042950W WO2007056135A1 WO 2007056135 A1 WO2007056135 A1 WO 2007056135A1 US 2006042950 W US2006042950 W US 2006042950W WO 2007056135 A1 WO2007056135 A1 WO 2007056135A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
saha
administered
days
dose
pemetrexed
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2006/042950
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
James Pluda
Stanley Frankel
Victoria M. Richon
Steven Averbuch
Judy Chiao
Original Assignee
Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck & Co., Inc. filed Critical Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority to AU2006311894A priority Critical patent/AU2006311894A1/en
Priority to CA002636596A priority patent/CA2636596A1/en
Priority to EP06836873A priority patent/EP1954284A4/en
Priority to JP2008539056A priority patent/JP2009514874A/en
Publication of WO2007056135A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007056135A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/167Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the nitrogen of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. lidocaine, paracetamol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/4985Pyrazines or piperazines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/69Boron compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/08Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for nausea, cinetosis or vertigo; Antiemetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/02Nutrients, e.g. vitamins, minerals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • A61P3/14Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis for calcium homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A61P39/02Antidotes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method of treating cancer by administering a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor in combination with one or more anti-cancer agents, e.g., an antimetabolic agent.
  • HDAC histone deacetylase
  • the combined amounts together can comprise a therapeutically effective amount.
  • Cancer is a disorder in which a population of cells has become, in varying degrees, unresponsive to the control mechanisms that normally govern proliferation and differentiation.
  • Therapeutic agents used in clinical cancer therapy can be categorized into several groups, including, alkylating agents, antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents, biologic agents, hormonal agents, and plant-derived agents.
  • Cancer therapy is also being attempted by the induction of terminal differentiation of the neoplastic cells (M. B., Roberts, A. B., and Driscoll, J. S. (1985) in Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology, eds. Hellman, S., Rosenberg, S. A., and DeVita, V. T., Jr., Ed. 2, (J. B. Lippincott, Philadelphia), P. 49).
  • differentiation has been reported by exposure of cells to a variety of stimuli, including: cyclic AMP and retinoic acid (Breitman, T. R., ceremoniesick, S. E., and Collins, S. J. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd.
  • Histone deacetylase inhibitors such as suberoylanilide hydroxamide acid (SAHA), belong to this class of agents that have the ability to induce tumor cell growth arrest differentiation, and/or apoptosis (Richon, V.M., Webb, Y., Merger, R., et al. (1996) PNAS 93:5705-8).
  • Histones H2A, H2B, H3, and H4 are found in the nucleosomes and Hl is a linker located between nucleosomes.
  • Hl is a linker located between nucleosomes.
  • Each nucleosome contains two of each histone type within its core, except for Hl, which is present singly in the outer portion of the nucleosome structure. It is believed that when the histone proteins are hypoacetylated, there is a greater affinity of the histone to the DNA phosphate backbone. This affinity causes DNA to be tightly bound to the histone and renders the DNA inaccessible to transcriptional regulatory elements and machinery.
  • HAT histone acetyl transferase
  • HDAC histone deacetylase
  • the present invention is based on the discovery that histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors, for example suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), can be used in combination with one or more anti-cancer agents, for example, Pemetrexed, to provide therapeutic efficacy.
  • HDAC histone deacetylase
  • SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • the invention relates to a method for treating cancer or other disease comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed.
  • the method can optionally comprise administering an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and optionally an amount of a fourth anti-cancer agent.
  • the invention further relates to pharmaceutical combinations useful for the treatment of cancer or other disease comprising an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed.
  • the combination can optionally comprise an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and/or a fourth anti-cancer agent.
  • the invention further relates to the use of an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, (and optionally an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and/or a fourth anti-cancer agent) for the manufacture of one or more medicaments for treating cancer or other disease.
  • an HDAC inhibitor e.g., SAHA
  • a second anti-cancer agent e.g., Pemetrexed
  • a third anti-cancer agent e.g., cisplatin
  • a fourth anti-cancer agent e.g., a fourth anti-cancer agent
  • the invention further relates to methods for selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest, and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells, thereby inhibiting proliferation of such cells in a subject by administering to the subject an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, (and optionally an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and/or a fourth anti-cancer agent, wherein the HDAC inhibitor and second (and optional third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent are administered in amounts effective to induce terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest, or apoptosis of the cells.
  • an HDAC inhibitor e.g., SAHA
  • a second anti-cancer agent e.g., Pemetrexed
  • a third anti-cancer agent e.g., cisplatin
  • a fourth anti-cancer agent e.g
  • the invention further relates to in vitro methods for selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest, and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells, thereby inhibiting proliferation of such cells, by contacting the cells with an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, (and optionally an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and/or a fourth anti-cancer agent) wherein the HDAC inhibitor and second (and optional third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent are administered in amounts effective to induce terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest, or apoptosis of the cells.
  • an HDAC inhibitor e.g., SAHA
  • a second anti-cancer agent e.g., Pemetrexed
  • a third anti-cancer agent e.g., cisplatin
  • a fourth anti-cancer agent e.g
  • the combined treatments together comprise a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the combination of the HDAC inhibitor and one or more anti-cancer agents can provide additive or synergistic therapeutic effects.
  • the HDAC inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include but are not limited to hydroxamic acid derivatives like SAHA, Short Chain Fatty Acids (SCFAs), cyclic tetrapeptides, benzamide derivatives, or electrophilic ketone derivatives.
  • the treatment procedures described herein can be performed sequentially in any order, alternating in any order, simultaneously, or any combination thereof.
  • the administration of an HDAC inhibitor and the administration of the one or more anti-cancer agents can be performed concurrently, consecutively, or e.g., alternating concurrent and consecutive administration.
  • the HDAC inhibitor and the second anti-cancer agent can be administered in combination with any one or more of an additional HDAC inhibitor, an alkylating agent, an antibiotic agent, an antimetabolic agent, a hormonal agent, a plant-derived agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a differentiation inducing agent, a cell growth arrest inducing agent, an apoptosis inducing agent, a cytotoxic agent, a biologic agent, a gene therapy agent, a retinoid agent, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, an adjunctive agent, or any combination thereof.
  • the HDAC inhibitor is SAHA and the second anti-cancer agent is Pemetrexed, which can be administered in combination with any one or more of another HDAC inhibitor, an alkylating agent such as cisplatin, an antibiotic agent, an antimetabolic agent, a hormonal agent, a plant-derived agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a differentiation inducing agent, a cell growth arrest inducing agent, an apoptosis inducing agent, a cytotoxic . agent, a biologic agent, a gene therapy agent, a retinoid agent, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, an adjunctive agent, or any combination thereof.
  • an alkylating agent such as cisplatin
  • an antibiotic agent such as an antibiotic agent, an antimetabolic agent, a hormonal agent, a plant-derived agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a differentiation inducing agent, a cell growth arrest inducing agent, an apoptosis inducing agent, a cytotoxic .
  • the combination therapy of the invention can be used to treat inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, diseases associated with oxidative stress, neurodegenerative diseases, and diseases characterized by cellular hyperproliferation (e.g., cancers), or any combination thereof.
  • the combination therapy is used to treat diseases such as leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma, sarcoma, carcinoma, solid tumor, or any combination thereof.
  • SAHA is administered in combination with Pemetrexed and optionally Cisplatin, e.g., for treatment of NSCLC or for treatment of solid tumors.
  • a method of treating a solid tumor in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject: i) SAHA (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid), represented by the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof; and ii) L-glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2- amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein the SAHA and the L-glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl, or ⁇ pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates thereof, are administered in amounts effective for treating the tumor.
  • SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • Pemetrexed N-[4- [2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl) disodium salt, heptahydrate
  • SAHA is administered orally and Pemetrexed is administered intravenously as a 10 minute infusion.
  • Pemetrexed is administered at a dose of about 500 mg/m 2 .
  • Pemetrexed is administered once daily at a dose of about 500 mg/m 2 for at least one treatment period of 1 out of 21 days.
  • SAHA is first administered, followed by the Pemetrexed.
  • Pemetrexed is administered two days after the first day of administration of SAHA.
  • the subject can be treated with one or more adjunctive agents that reduce or eliminate hypersensitivity reactions before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed, such as one or more of dexamethasone, folic acid, and Vitamin B 12 before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed.
  • one or more adjunctive agents that reduce or eliminate hypersensitivity reactions before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed, such as one or more of dexamethasone, folic acid, and Vitamin B 12 before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed.
  • the subject is treated with (i) 2-25 mg of dexamethasone orally on the day before, the day of, and the day after administration of Pemetrexed; (ii) 400-1000 ⁇ g of folic acid orally daily, during a period starting 7 days before administration of Pemetrexed, throughout at least one treatment period, and for 21 days after the last administration of Pemetrexed; and (iii) 1000 ⁇ g of Vitamin Bi 2 intramuscularly 1 week before the first administration of SAHA in a treatment period and, where the total treatment period comprises three or more treatment periods of 21 days, the 1000 ⁇ g of Vitamin B 12 is administered every 63 days during the total treatment period.
  • SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 300 mg or 400 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days. In another embodiment, SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 400 mg for at least one treatment period of 14 out of 21 days. In yet another embodiment, SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 400 mg for at least one treatment period continuously.
  • the present invention also contemplates administration of SAHA once daily at a dose of about 300 mg, about 400 mg, or about 500 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days.
  • SAHA can also be administered once daily at a dose of about 600 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days or once daily at a dose of about 700 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days.
  • SAHA can also be administered once daily at a dose of about 800 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days.
  • SAHA is administered twice daily at about 200 mg per dose for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days.
  • SAHA can be administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for one week, followed by a two-week rest period, or for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for two weeks, followed by a one-week rest period. In other embodiments, SAHA can be administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days, wherein the administration is repeated weekly.
  • SAHA is administered twice daily at about 300 mg per dose for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days.
  • SAHA can be administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for one week, followed by a two-week rest period, or for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for two weeks, followed by a one-week rest period.
  • SAHA is administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days, wherein the administration is repeated weekly.
  • SAHA can be administered at a total daily dose of up to 300 mg, and the Pemetrexed is administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m 2 .
  • SAHA can also be administered at a total daily dose of up to 400 mg, and the Pemetrexed is administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m .
  • SAHA is administered at a total daily dose of up to 600 mg, and the Pemetrexed is administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m 2 .
  • SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • the composition can be formulated for oral or intravenous administration.
  • the composition can comprise one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients comprising microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, and magnesium stearate.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises: i) SAHA (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid) and ii) Pemetrexed (L-glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl) disodium salt, heptahydrate).
  • a combination treatment procedure that includes administration of an HDAC inhibitor, as described herein, and one or more anticancer agents, as described herein, can provide improved therapeutic effects.
  • Each of the treatments administration of an HDAC inhibitor and administration of the one or more anticancer agents is used to provide a therapeutically effective treatment.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating cancer or other disease, in a subject in need thereof, by administering to a subject in need thereof an amount of an HDAC inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, in a treatment procedure, and an amount of one or more anti-cancer agents (e.g., tyrosine kinase inhibitors, alkylating agents, antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents, plant-derived agents, and adjunctive agents) in another treatment procedure, wherein the amounts together comprise a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the cancer treatment effect of the HDAC inhibitor and the one or more anti-cancer agents may be, e.g., additive or synergistic.
  • the invention further relates to a method of treating cancer or other disease, in a subject in need thereof, by administering to a subject in need thereof an amount of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, in a treatment procedure, and an amount of one or more anti-cancer agents (e.g., tyrosine kinase inhibitors, alkylating agents, antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents, plant- derived agents, and adjunctive agents) in another treatment procedure, wherein the amounts can comprise a therapeutically effective amount.
  • SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • anti-cancer agents e.g., tyrosine kinase inhibitors, alkylating agents, antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents, plant- derived agents, and adjunctive agents
  • the effect of SAHA and the one or more anti-cancer agents can be, e.g., additive or synergistic.
  • the method comprises administering to a patient in need thereof a first amount of a histone deacetylase inhibitor, e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, in a first treatment procedure, and another amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed.
  • a histone deacetylase inhibitor e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof
  • a second anti-cancer agent e.g., Pemetrexed.
  • the method may optionally include administration of a third anticancer agent, e.g., Cisplatin, and optionally a fourth anti-cancer agent.
  • the invention further relates to pharmaceutical combinations useful for the treatment of cancer or other disease.
  • the pharmaceutical combination comprises a first amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof (and optionally a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., Cisplatin and/or fourth anti-cancer agent).
  • an HDAC inhibitor e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof
  • a second anti-cancer agent e.g., Pemetrexed or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof
  • a third anti-cancer agent e.g., Cisplatin and/or fourth anti-cancer agent
  • the invention further relates to the use of an amount of an HDAC inhibitor and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, (and optionally an amount of a third and/or fourth anticancer agent) for the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of cancer or other disease.
  • the medicament comprises a first amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof (and optionally a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., Cisplatin, and/or fourth anti-cancer agent).
  • the combination therapy of the invention provides a therapeutic advantage in view of the differential toxicity associated with the two treatment modalities.
  • treatment with HDAC inhibitors can lead to a particular toxicity that is not seen with the anti-cancer agent, and vice versa.
  • this differential toxicity can permit each treatment to be administered at a dose at which said toxicities do not exist or are minimal, such that together the combination therapy provides a therapeutic dose while avoiding the toxicities of each of the constituents of the combination agents.
  • the therapeutic effects achieved as a result of the combination treatment are enhanced or synergistic, for example, significantly better than additive therapeutic effects, the doses of each of the agents can be reduced even further, thus lowering the associated toxicities to an even greater extent.
  • treating in its various grammatical forms in relation to the present invention refers to preventing (i.e. chemoprevention), curing, reversing, attenuating, alleviating, minimizing, suppressing or halting the deleterious effects of a disease state, disease progression, disease causative agent (e.g., bacteria or viruses) or other abnormal condition.
  • treatment may involve alleviating a symptom (i.e., not necessarily all symptoms) of a disease or attenuating the progression of a disease.
  • inventive methods involve the physical removal of the etiological agent, the artisan will recognize that they are equally effective in situations where the inventive compound is administered prior to, or simultaneous with, exposure to the etiological agent (prophylactic treatment) and situations where the inventive compounds are administered after (even well after) exposure to the etiological agent.
  • Treatment of cancer refers to partially or totally inhibiting, delaying or preventing the progression of cancer including cancer metastasis; inhibiting, delaying or preventing the recurrence of cancer including cancer metastasis; or preventing the onset or development of cancer (chemoprevention) in a mammal, for example a human.
  • the method of the present invention is intended for the treatment of chemoprevention of human patients with cancer. However, it is also likely that the method would be effective in the treatment of cancer in other mammals.
  • anti-cancer agents encompass those described herein, including any pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates of such agents, or any free acids, free bases, or other free forms of such agents, and as non-limiting examples:
  • A) Polar compounds Marks et al. (1987); Friend, C, Scher, W., Holland, J. W., and Sato, T. (1971) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. (USA) 68: 378-382; Tanaka, M., Levy, J., Terada, M., Breslow, R., Rifkind, R. A., and Marks, P. A. (1975) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd.
  • the term "therapeutically effective amount" is intended to qualify the combined amount of treatments in the combination therapy.
  • the combined amount will achieve the desired biological response.
  • the desired biological response is partial or total inhibition, delay or prevention of the progression of cancer including cancer metastasis; inhibition, delay or prevention of the recurrence of cancer including cancer metastasis; or the prevention of the onset or development of cancer (chemoprevention) in a mammal, for example a human.
  • the terms “combination treatment”, “combination therapy”, “combined treatment” or “combinatorial treatment”, used interchangeably, refer to a treatment of an individual with at least two different therapeutic agents.
  • the individual is treated with a first therapeutic agent, e.g., SAHA or another HDAC inhibitor as described herein.
  • the second therapeutic agent may be an antimetabolic agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, or may be any clinically established anti-cancer agent (such as another HDAC inhibitor, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, alkylating agent, antibiotic agent, plant-derived agent, or adjunctive agent) as defined herein.
  • a combinatorial treatment may include a third or even further therapeutic agent.
  • a "retinoid” or “retinoid agent” as used herein encompasses any synthetic, recombinant, or naturally-occurring compound that binds to one or more retinoid receptors, including any pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates of such agents, and any free acids, free bases, or other free forms of such agents.
  • a "tyrosine kinase inhibitor” encompasses any synthetic, recombinant, or naturally occurring agent that binds to or otherwise decreases the activity or levels of one or more tyrosine kinases (e.g., receptor tyrosine kinases), including any pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates of such inhibitors, and any free acids, free bases, or other free forms of such inhibitors. Included are tyrosine kinase inhibitors that act on EGFR (ErbB-1 ; HER-I). Also included are tyrosine kinase inhibitors that act specifically on EGFR. Non-limiting examples of tyrosine kinases inhibitors are provided herein.
  • an “adjunctive agent” refers to any compound used to enhance the effectiveness of an anti-cancer agent or to prevent or treat conditions associated with an anti-cancer agent such as low blood counts, hypersensitivity reactions, neutropenia, anemia, thrombocytopenia, hypercalcemia, mucositis, bruising, bleeding, toxicity, fatigue, pain, nausea, and vomiting.
  • HDAC inhibitor encompasses any synthetic, recombinant, or naturally-occurring inhibitors, including any pharmaceutical salts or hydrates of such inhibitors, and any free acids, free bases, or other free forms of such inhibitors.
  • Hidroxamic acid derivative refers to the class of histone deacetylase inhibitors that are hydroxamic acid derivatives. Specific examples of inhibitors are provided herein.
  • Patient refers to the recipient of the treatment. Mammalian and non-mammalian patients are included. In a specific embodiment, the patient is a mammal, such as a human, canine, murine, feline, bovine, ovine, swine, or caprine. In a particular embodiment, the patient is a human.
  • hydrate includes but is not limited to hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate, and the like.
  • Histone deacetylases include enzymes that catalyze the removal of acetyl groups from lysine residues in the amino terminal tails of the nucleosomal core histones. As such, HDACs together with histone acetyl transferases (HATs) regulate the acetylation status of histones. Histone acetylation affects gene expression and inhibitors of HDACs, such as the hydroxamic acid-based hybrid polar compound suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) induce growth arrest, differentiation, and/or apoptosis of transformed cells in vitro and inhibit tumor growth in vivo.
  • SAHA hydroxamic acid-based hybrid polar compound suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • HDACs can be divided into three classes based on structural homology.
  • Class I HDACs HDACs I 5 2, 3, and 8 bear similarity to the yeast RPD3 protein, are located in the nucleus and are found in complexes associated with transcriptional co-repressors.
  • Class II HDACs HDACs 4, 5, 6, 7, and 9 are similar to the yeast HDAl protein, and have both nuclear and cytoplasmic subcellular localization. Both Class I and II HDACs are inhibited by hydroxamic acid-based HDAC inhibitors, such as SAHA.
  • Class III HDACs form a structurally distant class of NAD dependent enzymes that are related to the yeast SIR2 proteins and are not inhibited by hydroxamic acid-based HDAC inhibitors.
  • Histone deacetylase inhibitors or HDAC inhibitors are compounds that are capable of inhibiting the deacetylation of histones in vivo, in vitro or both.
  • HDAC inhibitors inhibit the activity of at least one histone deacetylase.
  • an increase in acetylated histone occurs and accumulation of acetylated histone is a suitable biological marker for assessing the activity of HDAC inhibitors. Therefore, procedures that can assay for the accumulation of acetylated histones can be used to determine the HDAC inhibitory activity of compounds of interest.
  • compounds that can inhibit histone deacetylase activity can also bind to other substrates and as such can inhibit other biologically active molecules such as enzymes. It is also to be understood that the compounds of the present invention are capable of inhibiting any of the histone deacetylases set forth above, or any other histone deacetylases. For example, in patients receiving HDAC inhibitors, the accumulation of acetylated histones in peripheral mononuclear cells as well as in tissue treated with HDAC inhibitors can be determined against a suitable control.
  • HDAC inhibitory activity of a particular compound can be determined in vitro using, for example, an enzymatic assay which shows inhibition of at least one histone deacetylase. Further, determination of the accumulation of acetylated histones in cells treated with a particular composition can be determinative of the HDAC inhibitory activity of a compound.
  • an enzymatic assay to determine the activity of an HDAC inhibitor compound can be conducted as follows. Briefly, the effect of an HDAC inhibitor compound on affinity purified human epitope-tagged (Flag) HDACl can be assayed by incubating the enzyme preparation in the absence of substrate on ice for about 20 minutes with the indicated amount of inhibitor compound. Substrate ([ 3 H]acetyl-labeled murine erythroleukemia cell- derived histone) can be added and the sample can be incubated for 20 minutes at 37°C in a total volume of 30 ⁇ L. The reaction can then be stopped and released acetate can be extracted and the amount of radioactivity release determined by scintillation counting.
  • An alternative assay useful for determining the activity of an HDAC inhibitor compound is the "HDAC Fluorescent Activity Assay; Drug Discovery Kit-AK-500" available from BIOMOL® Research Laboratories, hie, Plymouth Meeting, PA.
  • mice can be injected intraperitoneally with an HDAC inhibitor compound.
  • Selected tissues for example, brain, spleen, liver etc, can be isolated at predetermined times, post administration.
  • Histones can be isolated from tissues essentially as described by Yoshida et al., J. Biol. Chem. 265:17174-17179, 1990.
  • Equal amounts of histones (about 1 ⁇ g) can be electrophoresed on 15% SDS-polyacrylamide gels and can be transferred to Hybond-P filters (available from Amersham).
  • Filters can be blocked with 3% milk and can be probed with a rabbit purified polyclonal anti-acetylated histone H4 antibody (ocAc-H4) and anti-acetylated histone H3 antibody ( ⁇ Ac-H3) (Upstate Biotechnology, Inc.). Levels of acetylated histone can be visualized using a horseradish peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-rabbit antibody (1:5000) and the SuperSignal chemiluminescent substrate (Pierce). As a loading control for the histone protein, parallel gels can be run and stained with Coomassie Blue (CB).
  • CB Coomassie Blue
  • hydroxamic acid-based HDAC inhibitors have been shown to up regulate the expression of the P21 W A F I gene.
  • the p21wAFi protein is induced within 2 hours of culture with HDAC inhibitors in a variety of transformed cells using standard methods.
  • the induction of the P21 WAFI gene is associated with accumulation of acetylated histones in the chromatin region of this gene. Induction of P21W AF I can therefore be recognized as involved in the Gl cell cycle arrest caused by HDAC inhibitors in transformed cells.
  • U.S. Patent Numbers 5,369,108, 5,932,616, 5,700,811, 6,087,367 and 6,511,990 disclose compounds useful for selectively inducing terminal differentiation of neoplastic cells, which compounds have two polar end groups separated by a tlexible chain of methylene groups or a by a rigid phenyl group, wherein one or both of the polar end groups is a large hydrophobic group. Some of the compounds have an additional large hydrophobic group at the same end of the molecule as the first hydrophobic group which further increases differentiation activity about 100 fold in an enzymatic assay and about 50 fold in a cell differentiation assay.
  • the present invention includes within its broad scope compositions comprising HDAC inhibitors which are 1) hydroxamic acid derivatives; 2) Short-Chain Fatty Acids (SCFAs); 3) cyclic tetrapeptides; 4) benzamides; 5) electrophilic ketones; and/or any other class of compounds capable of inhibiting histone deacetylases, for use in inhibiting histone deacetylase, inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis in neoplastic cells, and/or inducing differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis of tumor cells in a tumor.
  • HDAC inhibitors which are 1) hydroxamic acid derivatives; 2) Short-Chain Fatty Acids (SCFAs); 3) cyclic tetrapeptides; 4) benzamides; 5) electrophilic ketones; and/or any other class of compounds capable of inhibiting histone deacetylases, for use in inhibiting histone deacetylase, induc
  • HDAC inhibitors include any salts, crystal structures, amorphous structures, hydrates, derivatives, metabolites, stereoisomers, structural isomers, and prodrugs of the HDAC inhibitors described herein.
  • SAHA Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • Azelaic bishydroxamic acid (ABHA) (Andrews et al., supra); Azelaic- l-hydroxamate-9-anilide (AAHA) (Qiu et al, MoI. Biol. CeIl U, 2069-2083 (2000)); 6-(3-Chlorophenylureido) carpoic hydroxamic acid (3C1-UCHA); Oxamflatin [(2E)-5-[3-[(phenylsufonyl) aminol phenyl]-pent-2-en-4-ynohydroxamic acid] (Kim et al.
  • Cyclic Tetrapeptides such as Trapoxin A (TPX)-cyclic tetrapeptide (cyclo-(L- phenylalanyl-L-phenylalanyl-JL)-pipecoimyl-L-2-amino-8-oxo-9, 10-epoxy decanoyl)) (Kijima et al., J. Biol. Client. 268, 22429-22435 (1993)); FR901228 (FK 228, depsipeptide) (Nakajima et al, Ex. Cell Res. 241,126-133 (1998)); FR225497 cyclic tetrapeptide (H.
  • TPX Trapoxin A
  • TPX Trapoxin A
  • SCFA Short chain fatty acid
  • Valerate (McBain et al, supra); 4-Phenylbutyrate (4-PBA) (Lea and Tulsyan, Anticancer Research, 15,879-873 (1995)); Phenylbutyrate (PB) (Wang et al, Cancer Research, 59, 2766-2799 (1999)); Propionate (McBain et al, supra); Butyramide (Lea and Tulsyan, supra); Isobutyramide (Lea and Tulsyan, supra); Phenylacetate (Lea and Tulsyan, supra); 3-Bromopropionate (Lea and Tulsyan, supra); Tributyrin (Guan et al, Cancer Research, 60,749-755 (2000)); Valproic acid, Valproate, and PivanexTM.
  • 4-PBA 4-Phenylbutyrate
  • PB Phenylbutyrate
  • Propionate (McBain et al, supra
  • E EIectrophilic ketone derivatives such as Trifluoromethyl ketones (Frey et al, Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Lett (2002), 12, 3443-3447; U.S. 6,511,990) and ⁇ -keto amides such as N-methyl- ⁇ -ketoamides.
  • Other HDAC Inhibitors such as natural products, psammaplins, and Depudecin
  • Hydroxamic acid based HDAC inhibitors include suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), m-carboxycinnamic acid bishydroxamate (CBHA) and pyroxamide.
  • SAHA has been shown to bind directly in the catalytic pocket of the histone deacetylase enzyme. SAHA induces cell cycle arrest, differentiation, and/or apoptosis of transformed cells in culture and inhibits tumor growth in rodents. SAHA is effective at inducing these effects in both solid tumors and hematological cancers. It has been shown that SAHA is effective at inhibiting tumor growth in animals with no toxicity to the animal. The SAHA-induced inhibition of tumor growth is associated with an accumulation of acetylated histones in the tumor.
  • SAHA is effective at inhibiting the development and continued growth of carcinogen-induced (N- methylnitrosourea) mammary tumors in rats.
  • SAHA was administered to the rats in their diet over the 130 days of the study.
  • SAHA is a nontoxic, orally active antitumor agent whose mechanism of action involves the inhibition of histone deacetylase activity.
  • HDAC inhibitors include those disclosed in U.S. Patent Numbers 5,369,108, 5,932,616, 5,700,811, 6,087,367, and 6,511,990, issued to some of the present inventors disclose compounds, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference, non- limiting examples of which are set forth below: Specific HDAC inhibitors include suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA; N-
  • SAHA or any of the other HDACs can be synthesized according to the methods outlined in the Experimental Details Section, or according to the method set forth in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,369,108, 5,700,811, 5,932,616 and 6,511,990, the contents of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety, or according to any other method known to a person skilled in the art.
  • HDAC inhibitors are provided in the Table below. It should be noted that the present invention encompasses any compounds which are structurally similar to the compounds represented below, and which are capable of inhibiting histone deacetylases.
  • one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane).
  • the Cahn-Inglod-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.
  • the HDAC inhibitors of the present invention contain one chiral center, the compounds exist in two enantiomeric forms and the present invention includes both enantiomers and mixtures of enantiomers, such as the specific 50:50 mixture referred to as a racemic mixture.
  • the enantiomers can be resolved by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example by formation of diastereoisomeric salts which may be separated, for example, by crystallization (see, CRC Handbook of Optical Resolutions via Diastereomeric Salt Formation by David Kozma (CRC Press, 2001)); formation of diastereoisomeric derivatives or complexes which may be separated, for example, by crystallization, gas-liquid or liquid chromatography; selective reaction of one enantiomer with an enantiomer-specific reagent, for example enzymatic esterification; or gas-liquid or liquid chromatography in a chiral environment, for example on a chiral support for example silica with a bound chiral ligand or in the presence of a chiral solvent.
  • enantiomers may be synthesized by asymmetric synthesis using optically active reagents, substrates, catalysts or solvents, or by converting one enantiomer into the other by asymmetric transformation.
  • Designation of a specific absolute configuration at a chiral carbon of the compounds of the invention is understood to mean that the designated enantiomeric form of the compounds is in enantiomeric excess (ee) or in other words is substantially free from the other enantiomer.
  • the "R” forms of the compounds are substantially free from the “S” forms of the compounds and are, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the "S” forms.
  • “S” forms of the compounds are substantially free of “R” forms of the compounds and are, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the "R” forms.
  • Enantiomeric excess is the presence of a particular enantiomer at greater than 50%.
  • the enantiomeric excess can be about 60% or more, such as about 70% or more, for example about 80% or more, such as about 90% or more.
  • the enantiomeric excess of depicted compounds is at least about 90%.
  • the enantiomeric excess of the compounds is at least about 95%, such as at least about 97.5%, for example, at least 99% enantiomeric excess.
  • a compound of the present invention When a compound of the present invention has two or more chiral carbons it can have more than two optical isomers and can exist in diastereoisomeric forms.
  • the compound when there are two chiral carbons, the compound can have up to 4 optical isomers and 2 pairs of enantiomers ((S,S)/(R,R) and (R,S)/(S,R)).
  • the pairs of enantiomers e.g., (S,S)/(R,R)
  • the stereoisomers which are not mirror-images e.g., (S,S) and (R 5 S) are diastereomers.
  • the diastereoisomeric pairs may be separated by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example chromatography or crystallization and the individual enantiomers within each pair may be separated as described above.
  • the present invention includes each diastereoisomer of such compounds and mixtures thereof.
  • "a,” an” and “the” include singular and plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • reference to “an active agent” or “a pharmacologically active agent” includes a single active agent as well a two or more different active agents in combination
  • reference to "a carrier” includes mixtures of two or more carriers as well as a single carrier, and the like.
  • This invention is also intended to encompass pro-drugs of the HDAC inhibitors disclosed herein.
  • a prodrug of any of the compounds can be made using well known pharmacological techniques.
  • homologs are molecules having substantial structural similarities to the above-described compounds and analogs are molecules having substantial biological similarities regardless of structural similarities.
  • Suitable differentiation agents include the compounds disclosed in any one or more of the following references, the contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • Tyrosine kinase inhibitors for use with the invention include all natural, recombinant, and synthetic agents that decrease the activity or levels of one or more tyrosine kinases (for example, receptor tyrosine kinases), e.g., EGFR (ErbB-1; HER-I), HER-2/neu (ErbB-2), HER-3 (ErbB-3), HER-4 (ErbB-4), discoidin domain receptor (DDR), ephrin receptor (EPHR), fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR), hepatocyte growth factor receptor (HGFR), insulin receptor (INSR), leukocytetyrosine kinase (Ltk/Alk), muscle-specific kinase (Musk), transforming growth factor receptor (e.g., TGF ⁇ -RI and T
  • Inhibitors include endogenous or modified ligands for receptor tyrosine kinases such as epidermal growth factors (e.g., EGF), nerve growth factors (e.g., NGF ⁇ , NGF ⁇ , NGF ⁇ ), heregulins (e.g., HRG ⁇ , HRG ⁇ ), transforming growth factors (e.g., TGF ⁇ , TGF ⁇ ), epiregulins (e.g., EP), amphiregulins (e.g., AR), betacellulins (e.g., BTC), heparin-binding EGF-like growth factors (e.g., HB-EGF), neuregulins (e.g., NRG-I, NRG-2, NRG-4, NRG-4, also called glial growth factors), acetycholine receptor-inducing activity (ARIA), and sensory motor neuron-derived growth factors (SMDGF).
  • EGF epidermal growth factors
  • nerve growth factors e.g., NGF ⁇ , N
  • inhibitors include DMPQ (5,7-dimethoxy-3-(4-pyridinyl)qumoline dihydrochloride), Aminogenistein (4'-amino-6-hydroxyflavone), Erbstatin analog (2,5- dihydroxymethylcinnamate, methyl 2,5-dihydroxycinnamate), hnatinib (Gleevec TM' Glivec TM; STI-571; 4-[(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-N-[4-methyl-3-[[4-(3-pyridinyl)-2- yrimidinyl] amino] -phenyl]benzamide methanesulfonate), LFM-Al 3 (2-Cyano-N-(2,5- dibrom ⁇ phenyl)-3-hydroxy-2-butenamide), PD153035 (ZM 252868; 4-[(3- bromophenyl)amino]-6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline hydro
  • inhibitors of EGFR e.g., Cetuximab (Erbitux; 1MC-C225; MoAb C225) and Gefitinib (IRESSATM; ZD1839; ZD1839; 4-(3-chloro-4-fluoroanilino)-7-methoxy-6-(3- mo ⁇ holino propoxy)quinazoline), ZD6474 (AZD6474), , and EMD-72000 (Matuzumab), Panitumab (ABX-EGF; MoAb ABX-EGF), ICR-62 (MoAb ICR-62), CI-1033 (PDl 83805; N-[-4-[(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]-7-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propoxy]-6-quinazolinyl]-2- propenamide), Lapatinib (GW572016), AEE788 (pyrrolo-pyrimidine; Novartis), EKB-5
  • Erlotinib and derivatives e.g., Tarceva®; NSC 718781, CP-358774, OSI-774, R1415; N-(3- ethynylphenyl)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)-4-quinazolinamine, as represented by the structure:
  • salts or hydrates thereof e.g., methanesulfonate salt, monohydrochloride.
  • Agents useful for the treatment of lung cancer include the above- referenced inhibitors, as well as Pemetrexed (Alimta®), Bortezomib (Velcade®), Tipifarnib, Lonafamib, BMS214662, Prinomastat, BMS275291, Neovastat, ISIS3521 (AffmitakTM;
  • adjunctive agents can be used to enhance the effectiveness of anti- cancer agents or to prevent or treat conditions associated with anti-cancer agents such as low blood counts, neutropenia, anemia, thrombocytopenia, hypercalcemia, mucositis, bruising, bleeding, toxicity (e.g., Leucovorin), fatigue, pain, nausea, and vomiting.
  • toxicity e.g., Leucovorin
  • Agents include epoetin alpha (e.g., Procrit®, Epogen®) for stimulating red blood cell production, G-CSF (granulocyte colony-stimulating factor; filgrastim, e.g., Neupogen®) for stimulating neutrophil production, GM-CSF (granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor) for stimulating production of several white blood cells, including macrophages, and IL-11 (interleukin-11, e.g., Neumega®) for stimulating production of platelets.
  • G-CSF granulocyte colony-stimulating factor; filgrastim, e.g., Neupogen®
  • GM-CSF granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor
  • IL-11 interleukin-11, e.g., Neumega®
  • Leucovorin e.g., Leucovorin calcium, Roxane Laboratories, Inc., Columbus, OH
  • Leucovorin calcium is used to reduce the toxicity and counteract the effects of impaired methotrexate elimination and of inadvertent overdose of folic acid antagonists.
  • Leucovorin is absorbed and enters the general body pool of reduced folates. The increase in plasma and serum folate activity seen after administration of Leucovorin is predominantly due to 5- methyltetrahydrofolate.
  • Leucovorin does not require reduction by the enzyme dihydrofolate reductase in order to participate in reactions utilizing folates.
  • Leucovorin calcium is the calcium salt of N-[4-[[(2-amino-5-formyl-l,4,5,6,7,8-hexahydro-4-oxo-6- pteridinyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid, as represented by the structure:
  • alkylating agents include, but are not limited to, bischloroethylamines (nitrogen mustards, e.g., Chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Ifosfamide, Mechlorethamine, Melphalan, uracil mustard), aziridines (e.g., Thiotepa), alkyl alkone sulfonates (e.g., Busulfan), nitrosoureas (e.g., Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin), nonclassic alkylating agents (Altretamine, dacarbazine, and Procarbazine), platinum compounds (Carboplastin and Cisplatin).
  • nitrogen mustards e.g., Chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Ifosfamide, Mechlorethamine, Melphalan, uracil mustard
  • aziridines e.g., Thiotepa
  • Cisplatin e.g., Platmol®-A( ⁇ , Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Princeton, NJ
  • Cisplatin is a heavy metal complex containing a central atom of platinum surrounded by two chloride atoms and two ammonia molecules in the cis position.
  • the anticancer mechanism of Cisplatin is not clearly understood, but it is generally accepted that it acts through the formation of DNA adducts.
  • Cisplatin is believed to bind to nuclear DNA and interfere with normal transcription and/or DNA replication mechanisms. Where Cisplatin-DNA adducts are not efficiently processed by cell machinery, this leads to cell death.
  • Cisplatin cis-diamminedichloroplatinum (e.g., cis- diamminedichloroplatinum (JI)), as represented by the structure:
  • Cyclophosphamide e.g., Cytoxan®, Baxter Healthcare Corp., Deerfield, IL
  • Cyclophosphamide is chemically related to the nitrogen mustards. Cyclophosphamide is transformed to active alkylating metabolites by a mixed function microsomal oxidase system. These metabolites can interfere with the growth of rapidly proliferating malignant cells. The mechanism of action is thought to involve cross-linking of tumor cell DNA.
  • the chemical name for Cyclophosphamide monohydrate available as Cytoxan® is 2-[bis(2- chloroethyl)amino]tetrahydro-2H-l,3,2-oxazaphosphorine 2-oxide monohydrate as represented by the structure:
  • Oxaliplatin e.g., EloxatinTM, Sanofi-Synthelabo, Inc., New York, NY
  • DACH 1,2- diaminocyclohexane
  • Oxaliplatin undergoes nonenzymatic conversion in physiologic solutions to active derivatives which form inter- and intrastrand platinum-DNA crosslinks.
  • Crosslinks are formed between the N7 positions of two adjacent guanines (GG), adjacent adenine-guanines (AG), and guanines separated by an intervening nucleotide (GNG). These crosslinks inhibit DNA replication and transcription in cancer and non-cancer cells.
  • Oxaliplatin cis-[(l R,2 i?)-l,2-cyciohexanediamme-i ⁇ ,j.N'j Loxalato(2-)- 0,0'] platinum, as represented by the structure:
  • the alkylating agents are cell cycle phase nonspecific agents because they exert their activity independently of the specific phase of the cell cycle.
  • the nitrogen mustards and alkyl alkone sulfonates are most effective against cells in the Gl or M phase. Nitrosoureas, nitrogen mustards, and aziridines impair progression from the Gl and S phases to the M phases. Chabner and Collins eds. (1990) "Cancer Chemotherapy: Principles and Practice", Philadelphia: JB Lippincott.
  • the alkylating agents are active against wide variety of neoplastic diseases, with significant activity in the treatment of leukemias and lymphomas as well as solid tumors.
  • this group of drugs is routinely used in the treatment of acute and chronic leukemias; Hodgkin's disease; non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; multiple myeloma; primary brain tumors; carcinomas of the breast, ovaries, testes, lungs, bladder, cervix, head and neck, and malignant melanoma.
  • Antibiotics act by directly inhibiting DNA or RNA synthesis and are effective throughout the cell cycle.
  • antibiotic agents include anthracyclines (e.g., Doxorubicin, Daunorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, and Anthracenedione), Mitomycin C, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Plicatomycin. These antibiotic agents interfere with cell growth by targeting different cellular components.
  • anthracyclines are generally believed to interfere with the action of DNA topoisomerase II in the regions of transcriptionally active DNA, which leads to DNA strand scissions.
  • Idarubicin e.g., Idamycin PFS®, Pharmacia & Upjohn Co., Kalamazoo, MI
  • Idarubicin hydrochloride is 5, 12-naphthacenedione, 9-acetyl-7-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy- ⁇ -L-lyxo- hexopyranosyl)oxyJ-7,b,y,iU-tetranydro-6,9,ll-trihydroxyhydrochloride, (7 S-cis) as represented by the structure:
  • Doxorubicin e.g., Adriamycin®, Ben Venue Laboratories, Inc., Bedford, OH
  • Doxorubicin binds to nucleic acids, presumably by specific intercalation of the planar anthracycline nucleus with the DNA double helix.
  • Doxorubicin consists of a naphthacenequinone nucleus linked through a glycosidic bond at ring atom 7 to an amino sugar, daunosamine.
  • Doxorubicin hydrochloride is (8S,10S)-10-[(3- Ammo-2,3,6-trideoxy-a-L-lyxo-hexopyranosyl)-oxy]-8-glycoloyl-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,ll- trihydroxy-l-methoxy-5,12-naphthacenedione hydrochloride as represented by the structure:
  • Bleomycin is generally believed to chelate iron and forms an activated complex, which then binds to bases of DNA, causing strand scissions and cell death.
  • the antibiotic agents have been used as therapeutics across a range of neoplastic diseases, including carcinomas of the breast, lung, stomach and thyroids, lymphomas, myelogenous leukemias, myelomas, and sarcomas.
  • Antimetabolic agents are a group of drugs that interfere with metabolic processes vital to the physiology and proliferation of cancer cells. Actively proliferating cancer cells require continuous synthesis of large quantities of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, and other vital cellular constituents. Many of the antimetabolites inhibit the synthesis of purine or pyrimidine nucleosides or inhibit the enzymes of DNA replication. Some antimetabolites also interfere with the synthesis of ribonucleosides and RNA and/or amino acid metabolism and protein synthesis as well. By interfering with the synthesis of vital cellular constituents, antimetabolites can delay or arrest the growth of cancer cells. Antimitotic agents are included in this group.
  • antimetabolic agents include, but are not limited to, Fluorouracil (5-FU), Floxuridine (5- FUdR), Methotrexate, Leucovorin, Hydroxyurea, Thioguanine (6-TG), Mercaptopurine (6- MP), Cytarabine, Pentostatin, Fludarabine Phosphate, Cladribine (2-CDA), Asparaginase, Gemcitabine, and Pemetrexed.
  • Gemcitabine e.g., Gemzar® HCl, Eli Lilly and Co., Indianapolis, IN
  • Gemcitabine exhibits cell phase specificity, primarily killing cells undergoing DNA synthesis (S-phase) and also blocking the progression of cells through the Gl/S-phase boundary.
  • Gemcitabine is metabolized intracellularly by nucleoside kinases to the active diphosphate (dFdCDP) and triphosphate (dFdCTP) nucleosides.
  • the cytotoxic effect of Gemcitabine is attributed to a combination of two actions of the diphosphate and the triphosphate nucleosides, which leads to inhibition of DNA synthesis.
  • Gemcitabine induces internucleosomal DNA fragmentation, one of the characteristics of programmed cell death.
  • the chemical name for Gemcitabine hydrochloride is 2'-deoxy-2',2'-difluorocytidine monohydrochloride ( ⁇ -isomer) as represented by the structure:
  • Bortezomib (e.g., Velcade®, Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cambridge, MA) is a modified dipeptidyl boronic acid. Bortezomib is a reversible inhibitor of the 26S proteasome in mammalian cells. Inhibition of the 26S proteasome prevents targeted proteolysis, which can affect multiple signaling cascades within the cell. This disruption of normal homeostatic mechanisms can lead to cell death. Experiments have demonstrated that Bortezomib is cytotoxic in vitro and causes a delay in cell growth in vivo.
  • the chemical name for Bortezomib is [(lR)-3-methyl-l-[[(2S)-l-oxo-3-phenyl-2- [(pyrazinylcarbonyl)amino]propyl]amino]butyl] boronic acid, as represented by the following structure:
  • Pemetrexed e.g., Altima®, Eli Lilly and Co., Indianapolis, IN
  • TS thymidylate synthase
  • DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
  • GAPvFT glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase
  • Pemetrexed disodium heptahydrate has the chemical name L- glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl]benzoyl]-, disodium salt, heptahydrate, as represented by the structure:
  • Azacitidine (e.g., VidazaTM, Pharmion Corp., Boulder, CO) is a pyrimidine nucleoside analog of cytidine which causes hypermethylation of DNA and direct cytotoxicity on abnormal hematopoietic cells in bone marrow. Hypermethylation may restore normal function to genes that are involved in differentiation and proliferation without causing major suppression of DNA synthesis. The cytotoxic effects of Azacitidine cause the death of rapidly dividing cells, including cells that are non longer sensitive to normal growth control mechanisms.
  • the chemical name for Azacitidine is 4-amino-l ⁇ -D-ribofuranosyl-s-trianzin- 2(lH)-one, as represented by the structure:
  • Flavopiridol e.g., L86-8275; Alvocidib; Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Bridgewater, NJ
  • CDKs cyclin-dependent kinases
  • the activation of CDKs is required for transit of the cell between the different phases of the cell cycle, including Gl to S and G2 to M.
  • Flavopiridol has been shown to block cell cycle progression at Gl-S and G2-M stages and to induce apoptosis in vitro.
  • Flavopiridol as found in Alvocidib is (-)-2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,7-dihydroxy-8-[(3R,4S)-3- hydroxy-l-methyl-4-piperidinyl]-4H-l-benzopyran-4-one hydrochloride, as represented by the structure:
  • Fluorouracil e.g., Fluorouracil Injection, Gensia Sicor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Irvine, CA; Adrucil®, SP Pharmaceuticals, Albuquerque, NM
  • RNA ribonucleic acid
  • Fluorouracil is 5-fiuoro-2,4 (1 H,3 H)-pyrimidinedione, as represented by the structure:
  • Antimetabolic agents have widely been used to treat several common forms of cancer including carcinomas of colon, rectum, breast, liver, stomach and pancreas, malignant melanoma, acute and chronic leukemia and hairy cell leukemia.
  • the hormonal agents are a group of drugs that regulate the growth and development of their target organs. Most of the hormonal agents are sex steroids and their derivatives and analogs thereof, such as estrogens, progestogens, anti-estrogens, androgens, anti-androgens and progestins. These hormonal agents may serve as antagonists of receptors for the sex steroids to down regulate receptor expression and transcription of vital genes.
  • hormonal agents examples include synthetic estrogens (e.g., Diethylstibestrol), antiestrogens (e.g., Tamoxifen, Toremifene, Fluoxymesterol, and Raloxifene), antiandrogens (e.g., Bicalutamide, Nilutamide, and Flutamide), aromatase inhibitors (e.g., Aminoglutethimide, Anastrozole, and Tetrazole), luteinizing hormone release hormone (LHRH) analogues, Ketoconazole, Goserelin Acetate, Leuprolide, Megestrol Acetate, and Mifepristone.
  • synthetic estrogens e.g., Diethylstibestrol
  • antiestrogens e.g., Tamoxifen, Toremifene, Fluoxymesterol, and Raloxifene
  • antiandrogens e.g., Bicalutamide, Nilutamide, and Flutamide
  • Prednisone e.g., Deltasone®, Pharmacia & Upjohn Co., Kalamazoo, MI
  • Glucocorticoids modify the body's immune responses to diverse stimuli. Synthetic glucocorticoids are primarily used for their anti-inflammatory effects and management of leukemias and lymphomas, and other hematological disorders such as thrombocytopenia, erythroblastopenia, and anemia.
  • Prednisone is pregna-l,4-diene-3,l l,20-trione, 17,21-dihydroxy- (also, l,4-pregnadiene-17 ⁇ ,21-diol- 3,11,20-trione; 1-Cortisone; 17 ⁇ ,21-dihydroxy-l,4-pregnadiene-3,ll,20-trione; and dehydrocortisone), as represented by the structure:
  • Hormonal agents are used to treat breast cancer, prostate cancer, melanoma, and meningioma. Because the major action of hormones is mediated through steroid receptors, 60% receptor-positive breast cancer responded to first-line hormonal therapy; and less than 10% of receptor-negative tumors responded. The main side effect associated with hormonal agents is flare. The frequent manifestations are an abrupt increase of bone pain, erythema around skin lesions, and induced hypercalcemia.
  • progestogens are used to treat endometrial cancers, since these cancers occur in women that are exposed to high levels of oestrogen unopposed by progestogen.
  • Antiandrogens are used primarily for the treatment of prostate cancer, which is hormone dependent. They are used to decrease levels of testosterone, and thereby inhibit growth of the tumor.
  • Hormonal treatment of breast cancer involves reducing the level of oestrogen-dependent activation of oestrogen receptors in neoplastic breast cells.
  • Anti-oestrogens act by binding to oestrogen receptors and prevent the recruitment of coactivators, thus inhibiting the oestrogen signal.
  • LHRH analogues are used in the treatment of prostate cancer to decrease levels of testosterone and so decrease the growth of the tumor.
  • Aromatase inhibitors act by inhibiting the enzyme required for hormone synthesis. In post-menopausal women, the main source of oestrogen is through the conversion of androstenedione by aromatase.
  • Plant-derived agents are a group of drugs that are derived from plants or modified based on the molecular structure of the agents. They inhibit cell replication by preventing the assembly of the cell's components that are essential to cell division.
  • plant derived agents examples include vinca alkaloids (e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vindesine, Vinzolidine, and Vinorelbine), podophyllotoxins (e.g., Etoposide (VP-16) and Teniposide (VM-26)), and taxanes (e.g., Paclitaxel and Docetaxel).
  • vinca alkaloids e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vindesine, Vinzolidine, and Vinorelbine
  • podophyllotoxins e.g., Etoposide (VP-16) and Teniposide (VM-26)
  • taxanes e.g., Paclitaxel and Docetaxel.
  • Vincristine e.g., Vincristine sulfate, Gensia Sicor Pharmaceuticals, Irvine, CA
  • Vincristine sulfate e.g., Vincristine sulfate, Gensia Sicor Pharmaceuticals, Irvine, CA
  • Vincristine sulfate e.g., Vincristine sulfate, Gensia Sicor Pharmaceuticals, Irvine, CA
  • Vincristine e.g., Vincristine sulfate, Gensia Sicor Pharmaceuticals, Irvine, CA
  • Vincristine e.g., Vincristine sulfate, Gensia Sicor Pharmaceuticals, Irvine, CA
  • Vincristine was originally identified as Leurocristine, and has also been referred to as LCR and VCR.
  • the mechanism of action ot Vincristine has been related to the inhibition of microtubule formation in the mitotic spindle, resulting in an arrest of dividing cells at the metaphase stage.
  • Vincristine sulfate is vincaleukoblastine, 22-oxo-, sulfate (1:1) (salt) as represented by the structure:
  • Etoposide e.g., VePesid®, Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Princeton, NJ, also commonly known as VP-16
  • Etoposide has been shown to cause metaphase arrest and G2 arrest in mammalian cells. At high concentrations, Etoposide triggers lysis of cells entering mitosis. At low concentrations, Etoposide inhibits entry of cells into prophase. The predominant macromolecular effect of Etoposide appears to be the induction of DNA strand breaks by an interaction with DNA topoisomerase II or the formation of free radicals.
  • Etoposide phosphate e.g., Etopophos®, Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Princeton, NJ
  • Etopophos® e.g., Etopophos®, Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Princeton, NJ
  • the chemical name for Etoposide phosphate is 4'-demethylepipodophyllotoxin 9-[4,6-O-(R)-ethylidene-b-D-glucopyranoside], 4'-(dihydrogen phosphate), as represented by the structure:
  • Etoposide 4'-demethylepipodophyllotoxin 9-[4,6-0-(R)- ethylidene-b-D-glucopyranoside] as represented by the structure:
  • Plant-derived agents are used to treat many forms of cancer.
  • Vincristine is used in the treatment of the leukemias, Hodgkin's and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, and the childhood tumors neuroblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and Wilms' tumor.
  • Vinblastine is used against the lymphomas, testicular cancer, renal cell carcinoma, mycosis fungoides, and Kaposi's sarcoma.
  • Docetaxel also known in the art as doxetaxel
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • ovarian cancer ovarian cancer.
  • Etoposide is active against a wide range of neoplasms, of which small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer, and NSCLC are most responsive.
  • Biologic agents are a group of biomolecules that elicit cancer/tumor regression when used alone or in combination with chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy.
  • biologic agents include immunomodulating proteins such as cytokines, monoclonal antibodies against tumor antigens, tumor suppressor genes, and cancer vaccines.
  • IL-2 interleukin-2
  • IFN- ⁇ interferon- ⁇
  • Interferon- ⁇ includes more than 23 related subtypes with overlapping activities. IFN- ⁇ has demonstrated activity against many solid and hematologic malignancies, the later appearing to be particularly sensitive.
  • interferons include interferon- ⁇ , interferon- ⁇ (fibroblast interferon) and interferon- ⁇ (lymphocyte interferon).
  • cytokines include erythropoietin (Epoietin- ⁇ ; EPO), granulocyte-CSF (G-CSF; Filgrastin), and granulocyte, macrophage-CSF (GM-CSF; Sargramostim).
  • immuno-modulating agents other than cytokines include bacillus Calmette-Guerin, levamisole, and octreotide, a long-acting octapeptide that mimics the effects of the naturally occurring hormone somatostatin.
  • the anti-cancer treatment can comprise treatment by immunotherapy with antibodies and reagents used in tumor vaccination approaches.
  • the primary drugs in this therapy class are antibodies, alone or carrying e.g. toxins or chemostherapeutics/cytotoxics to cancer cells.
  • Monoclonal antibodies against tumor antigens are antibodies elicited against antigens expressed by tumors, particularly tumor-specific antigens.
  • monoclonal antibody HERCEPTIN® (Trastuzumab) is raised against human epidermal growth factor receptor2 (HER2) that is overexpressed in some breast tumors including metastatic breast cancer. Overexpression of HER2 protein is associated with more aggressive disease and poorer prognosis in the clinic.
  • HERCEPTIN® is used as a single agent for the treatment of patients with metastatic breast cancer whose tumors over express the HER2 protein.
  • RITUXAN® Renidomab
  • RITUXAN® Renidomab
  • RITUXAN is used as single agent for the treatment of patients with relapsed or refractory low-grade or follicular, CD20+, B cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
  • MYELOTARG® Gamtuzumab Ozogamicin
  • CAMPATH® Alemtuzumab
  • Endostatin is a cleavage product of plasminogen used to target angiogenesis.
  • Tumor suppressor genes are genes that function to inhibit the cell growth and division cycles, thus preventing the development of neoplasia. Mutations in tumor suppressor genes cause the cell to ignore one or more of the components of the network of inhibitory signals, overcoming the cell cycle checkpoints and resulting in a higher rate of controlled cell growth- cancer. Examples of the tumor suppressor genes include DPC4, NF-I, NF-2, RB, p53, WTl, BRCAl, and BRCA2.
  • DPC4 is involved in pancreatic cancer and participates in a cytoplasmic pathway that inhibits cell division.
  • NF-I codes for a protein that inhibits Ras, a cytoplasmic inhibitory protein.
  • NF-I is involved in neurofibroma and pheochromocytomas of the nervous system and myeloid leukemia.
  • NF-2 encodes a nuclear protein that is involved in meningioma, schwanoma, and ependymoma of the nervous system.
  • RB codes for the pRB protein, a nuclear protein that is a major inhibitor of cell cycle. RB is involved in retinoblastoma as well as bone, bladder, small cell lung and breast cancer.
  • P53 codes for p53 protein that regulates cell division and can induce apoptosis. Mutation and/or inaction of p53 is found in a wide range of cancers. WTI is involved in Wilms' tumor of the kidneys. BRCAl is involved in breast and ovarian cancer, and BRCA2 is involved in breast cancer. The tumor suppressor gene can be transferred into the tumor cells where it exerts its tumor suppressing functions.
  • TAAs tumor-associated antigens
  • TAAs are structures (i.e., proteins, enzymes, or carbohydrates) that are present on tumor cells and relatively absent or diminished on normal cells. By virtue of being fairly unique to the tumor cell, TAAs provide targets for the immune system to recognize and cause their destruction.
  • TAAs examples include gangliosides (GM2), prostate specific antigen (PSA), ⁇ -fetoprotein (AFP), carcino embryonic antigen (CEA) (produced by colon cancers and other adenocarcinomas, e.g., breast, lung, gastric, and pancreatic cancers), melanoma-associated antigens (MART-I, gap 100, MAGE 1,3 tyrosinase), papillomavirus E6 and E7 fragments, whole cells or portions/lysates of autologous tumor cells and allogeneic tumor cells.
  • GM2 gangliosides
  • PSA prostate specific antigen
  • AFP ⁇ -fetoprotein
  • CEA carcino embryonic antigen
  • MART-I gap 100
  • MAGE 1,3 tyrosinase papillomavirus E6 and E7 fragments, whole cells or portions/lysates of autologous tumor cells and allogeneic tumor cells.
  • Retinoids or retinoid agents for use with the invention include all natural, recombinant, and synthetic derivatives or mimetics of vitamin A, for example, retinyl palmitate, retinoyl-beta-glucuronide (vitamin Al beta-glucuronide), retinyl phosphate (vitamin Al phosphate), retinyl esters, 4-oxoretinol, 4-oxoretinaldehyde, 3-dehydroretinol (vitamin A2), 11-cis-retinal (11-cis-retinaldehyde, 11-cis or neo b vitamin Al aldehyde), 5,6- epoxyretinol (5,6-epoxy vitamin Al alcohol), anhydroretinol (anhydro vitamin Al) and A- ketoretinol (4-keto- vitamin Al alcohol), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA; Tretinoin; vitamin A acid; 3,7-dimethyl-9-
  • lipid formulations of all-trans retinoic acid e.g., ATRA-IV
  • 9-cis retinoic acid (9-cis-RA; Alitretinoin; Panretin ⁇ ; LGD1057)
  • Fenretinide N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)retinamide
  • retinoids are retinoid related molecules such as CD437 (also called 6-[3-(l-adamantyl)-4-hydrox ⁇ henyl]-2-na ⁇ hthalene carboxylic acid and AHPN), CD2325, ST1926 ([E-3-(4'-hydroxy-3'-adamantylbi ⁇ henyl-4-yl)acrylic acid), ST1878 (methyl 2-[3-[2- [3-(2-methoxy- 1 , 1 -dimethyl-2-oxoethoxy)pheno-xy]ethoxy] ⁇ henoxy]isobutyrate), ST2307, ST1898, ST2306, ST2474, MMl 1453, MM002 (3-Cl-AHPC), MX2870-1, MX3350-1, MX84, and MX90-l (Garattini et al, 2004, Curr.
  • CD437 also called 6-[3-(l-adamantyl)-4-hydrox ⁇ hen
  • retinoid agents that bind to one or more RXR.
  • retinoid agents that bind to one or more RXR and do not bind to one or more RAR (i.e., selective binding to RXR; rexinoids), e.g., docosahexanoic acid (DHA), phytanic acid, methoprene acid, LG100268 (LG268), LG100324, LGD1057, SRl 1203, SRl 1217, SRl 1234, SRl 1236, SRl 1246, AGNl 94204 (see, e.g., Simeone and Tari, 2004, Cell MoI.
  • TTNEB and related agents e.g., Targretin®; Bexarotene; LGD1069; 4-[l-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-2-naphthalenyl) ethenyl] benzoic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof.
  • HDAC inhibitors e.g. SAHA
  • adjunctive agents can be used to enhance the effectiveness of anticancer agents or to prevent or treat conditions associated with anticancer agents such as low blood counts, hypersensitivity reactions, neutropenia, anemia, thrombocytopenia, hypercalcemia, mucositis, bruising, bleeding, toxicity (e.g., Leucovorin), fatigue, pain, nausea, and vomiting.
  • toxicity e.g., Leucovorin
  • Antiemetic agents e.g., 5-HT receptor blockers or benzodiazepines
  • anti-inflammatory agents e.g., adrenocortical steroids or antihistamines
  • dietary supplements e.g., folic acid
  • vitamins e.g., Vitamin E, Vitamin C, Vitamin B 6 , Vitamin B 12
  • acid reducing agents e.g., H 2 receptor blockers
  • H 2 receptor blockers include Ranitidine, Famotidine, and Cimetidine.
  • antihistamines include Diphenliydramine, Clemastine, Chlorpheniramine, Chlorphenamine, Dimethindene maleate, and Promethazine.
  • steroids examples include Dexamethasone, Hydrocortisone, and Prednisone.
  • Other agents include growth factors such as epoetin alpha (e.g., Procrit®, Epogen®) for stimulating red blood cell production, G-CSF (granulocyte colony-stimulating factor; filgrastim, e.g., Neupogen®) for stimulating neutrophil production, GM-CSF (granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor) for stimulating production of several white blood cells, including macrophages, and IL-11 (interleukin-11, e.g., Neumega®) for stimulating production of platelets.
  • epoetin alpha e.g., Procrit®, Epogen®
  • G-CSF granulocyte colony-stimulating factor; filgrastim, e.g., Neupogen®
  • GM-CSF granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor
  • IL-11 inter
  • Leucovorin e.g., Leucovorin calcium, Roxane Laboratories, Inc., Columbus, OH; also called folinic acid, calcium folinate, citrovorum factor
  • Leucovorin calcium is the calcium salt of N-[4-[[(2-amino-5-formyl- 1 ,4,5,6,7,8-hexahydro-4-oxo-6-pteridinyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid.
  • Dexamethasone e.g., Decadron®; Merck & Co., Inc., Whitehouse Station, NJ
  • Dexamethasone tablets for oral administration comprise 9-fiuoro- 11 -beta, 17,21 -trihydroxy- 16-alpha-methylpregna- 1 ,4- diene-3,20-dione, as represented by the structure:
  • Dexamethasone phosphate for intravenous administration comprises 9-fluoro-ll ⁇ ,17- dihydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-21-(phosphonooxy)pregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione disodium salt, as represented by the structure:
  • Diphenhydramine e.g., Benadryl®; Parkedale Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Rochester, MI
  • Diphenhydramine hydrochloride e.g., Diphenhydramine HCl for injection
  • 2-(diphenylmethoxy)-N,N- dimethylethylamine hydrochloride as represented by the structure:
  • Ranitidine e.g., Zantac®; GlaxoSmithKline, Research Triangle Park, NC
  • Ranitidine hydrochloride e.g., tablets or injection
  • Ranitidine hydrochloride is N[2-[[[5- [(dimethylamino)methyl]-2-furanyl]methyl]thio]ethyl]-N'-methyl-2-nitro-l,l-ethenediamine, HCl, as represented by the structure:
  • Cimetidine (e.g., Tagamet®; GlaxoSmithKline, Research Triangle Park, NC) is also a competitive inhibitor of histamine at histamine H2 receptors, and can be used to reduce stomach acid.
  • Cimetidine is N"-cyano-N-methyl-iV-[2-[[(5-methyl-l/i-imidazol-4- yl)methyl]thio]-ethyl]-guanidine, as represented by the structure:
  • Aprepitant e.g., EMEND®; Merck & Co., Inc.
  • EMEND® substance P/neurokinin 1
  • Aprepitant is 5-[[(2R,38)-2-[(lRyi-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] ethoxy] -3 -(4-fluorophenyl)-4-morpholinyl]methyl] - 1 ,2-dihydro- 3H-l,2,4-triazol-3-one, as represented by the structure:
  • Ondansetron e.g., Zofran®; GlaxoSmithKline, Research Triangle Park, NC
  • Ondansetron hydrochloride e.g., for injection
  • Ondansetron hydrochloride is ( ⁇ )l,2,3,9-tetrahydro-9-methyl-3-[(2-methyl-lH- imidazol-l-yl)methyl]-4H-carbazol-4-one, monohydrochloride, dihydrate, as represented by the structure:
  • Lorazepam (e.g., Lorazepam Injection; Baxter Healthcare Corp., Deerfield, IL) 5 is a benzodiazepine with anticonvulsant effects.
  • Lorazepam is 7-chloro-5(2-chlorophenyl)-l,3- dihydro-3-hydroxy-2H-l,4-benzodiazepin-2-one, as represented by the structure:
  • the subject is treated with one or more adjunctive agents that reduce or eliminate hypersensitivity reactions before, during, and after administration of the HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, before during and after administration of the second anti- cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, or before, during, and other administration of both the HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and the second anti-cancer agent, e.g. Pemetrexed.
  • the subject is treated with one or more of dexamethasone, folic acid, and Vitamin B 12 before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed.
  • Dexamethasone can be administered orally at a dose of 2-25 mg on the day before, the day of, and the day after Pemetrexed administration.
  • Folic acid can be administered orally at a dose of 400-1000 ⁇ g daily, during a period starting 7 days before administration of Pemetrexed, throughout at least one treatment period of 21 days, and for 21 days after the last administration of Pemetrexed.
  • Vitamin B 12 can be administered intramuscularly (or by any route of administration with the requisite modification in dose) in an amount of 1000 ⁇ g 1 week before the first administration of SAHA in a treatment period of 21 days, and where the total treatment period comprises three or more treatment periods of 21 days, the 1000 ⁇ g of Vitamin B 12 is administered every 63 days during the total treatment period.
  • the HDAC inhibitor (e.g. SAHA), can be administered by any known administration method known to a person skilled in the art.
  • routes of administration include but are not limited to oral, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intravenous, intraarterial, transdermal, topical, sublingual, intramuscular, rectal, transbuccal, intranasal, liposomal, via inhalation, vaginal, intraoccular, via local delivery by catheter or stent, subcutaneous, intraadiposal, intraarticular, intrathecal, or in a slow release dosage form.
  • SAHA or any one of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered m accordance with any dose and dosing schedule that, together with the effect of the anti-cancer agent, achieves a dose effective to treat disease.
  • the route of administration of SAHA or any one of the other HDAC inhibitors is independent of the route of administration of the one or more anti-cancer agents.
  • a particular route of administration for SAHA is oral administration.
  • SAHA is administered orally
  • the second, and optionally third and/or fourth anti-cancer agent can be administered orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery by catheter or stent, subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, intrathecally, or in a slow release dosage form.
  • the HDAC inhibitors of the invention can be administered in such oral forms as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained release or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions, syrups, and emulsions.
  • the HDAC inhibitors can be administered by intravenous (e.g., bolus or infusion), intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, or other routes using forms well known to those of ordinary skill in the pharmaceutical arts.
  • a particular route of administration of the HDAC inhibitor is oral administration.
  • the HDAC inhibitors can also be administered in the form of a depot injection or implant preparation, which may be formulated in such a manner as to permit a sustained release of the active ingredient.
  • the active ingredient can be compressed into pellets or small cylinders and implanted subcutaneously or intramuscularly as depot injections or implants.
  • Implants may employ inert materials such as biodegradable polymers or synthetic silicones, for example, Silastic, silicone rubber or other polymers manufactured by the Dow-Corning Corporation.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles.
  • Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
  • Liposomal preparations of anti-cancer agents may also be used in the methods of the invention. Liposome versions of anti-cancer agents may be used to increase tolerance to the agents.
  • the HDAC inhibitors can also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled.
  • the HDAC inhibitors can also be prepared with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers.
  • Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxy- propyl-methacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxyethyl-aspartamide-phenol, or polyethyleneoxide- polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues.
  • the HDAC inhibitors can be prepared with biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • the HDAC inhibitor e.g. SAHA
  • SAHA is administered orally in a gelatin capsule, which can comprise excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium and magnesium stearate.
  • a further embodiment includes 200 mg of solid SAHA with 89.5 mg of microcrystalline cellulose, 9 mg of sodium croscarmellose, and 1.5 mg of magnesium stearate contained in a gelatin capsule.
  • the dosage regimen utilizing the HDAC inhibitors can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and the type of disease being treated; the severity (i.e., stage) of the disease to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound or salt thereof employed.
  • a dosage regimen can be used, for example, to prevent, inhibit (fully or partially), or arrest the progress of the disease.
  • an HDAC inhibitor e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof
  • intermittent administration of an HDAC inhibitor may be administration one to six days per week or it may mean administration in cycles (e.g. daily administration for two to eight consecutive weeks, then a rest period with no administration for up to one week) or it may mean administration on alternate days.
  • the compositions may be administered in cycles, with rest periods in between the cycles (e.g. treatment for two to eight weeks with a rest period of up to a week between treatments).
  • SAHA or any one of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered in a total daily dose of up to 800 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can be administered once daily (QD), or divided into multiple daily doses such as twice daily (BID), and three times daily (TID).
  • QD once daily
  • BID twice daily
  • TID three times daily
  • HDAC inhibitor can be administered at a total daily dosage of up to 800 mg, e.g., 200 mg, 30'0 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 700 mg, or 800 mg, which can be administered in one daily dose or can be divided into multiple daily doses as described above.
  • the administration is oral.
  • the composition is administered once daily at a dose of about 200 - 800 mg. In another embodiment, the composition is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200-400 mg. Alternatively, the composition can be administered twice daily at a dose of about 200-400 mg intermittently, for example three, four or five days per week.
  • the daily dose is 200 mg which can be administered once-daily, twice-daily or three-times daily. In one embodiment, the daily dose is 300 mg which can be administered once-daily, twice-daily or three-times daily. In one embodiment, the daily dose is 400 mg which can be administered once-daily, twice-daily or three-times daily.
  • SAHA or any one of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered in accordance with any dose and dosing schedule that, together with the effect of the anti-cancer agent, achieves a dose effective to treat cancer.
  • the HDAC inhibitors can be administered in a total daily dose that may vary from patient to patient, and may be administered at varying dosage schedules.
  • SAHA or any of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered to the patient at a total daily dosage of between 25-4000 mg/m 2 .
  • SAHA or any one of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered in a total daily dose of up to 800 mg, especially by oral administration, once, twice or three times daily, continuously (every day) or intermittently (e.g., 3-5 days a week).
  • the administration can be continuous, i.e., every day, or intermittently.
  • a particular treatment protocol comprises continuous administration (i.e., every day), once, twice or three times daily at a total daily dose in the range of about 200 mg to about 600 mg.
  • Another treatment protocol comprises intermittent administration of between three to five days a week, once, twice or three times daily at a total daily dose in the range of about 200 mg to about 600 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered continuously once daily at a dose of 300 mg or 400 mg or twice daily at a dose of 200 mg or 300 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can also be administered intermittently three days a week, once daily at a dose of 400 mg or twice daily at a dose of 200 mg or 300 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can be administered intermittently four days a week, once daily at a dose of 400 mg or twice daily at a dose of 200 mg or 300 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can also be administered intermittently five days a week, once daily at a dose of 400 mg or twice daily at a dose of 200 mg or 300 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered continuously once daily at a dose of 600 mg, twice daily at a dose of 300 mg, or three times daily at a dose of 200 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered intermittently three days a week, once daily at a dose of 600 mg, twice daily at a dose of 300 mg, or three times daily at a dose of 200 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can be administered intermittently four days a week, once daily at a dose of 600 mg, twice daily at a dose of 300 mg, or three times daily at a dose of 200 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can also be administered intermittently five days a week, once daily at a dose of 600 mg, twice daily at a dose of 300 mg, or three times daily at a dose of 200 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor may be administered according to any of the schedules described above, consecutively for a few weeks, followed by a rest period.
  • the HDAC inhibitor may be administered according to any one of the schedules described above from two to eight weeks, followed by a rest period of one week, or twice daily at a dose of 300 mg for three to five days a week.
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered continuously (i.e., daily) or intermittently (e.g., at least 3 days per week) with a once daily dose of about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, or about 800 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered once daily at a dose of about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, or about 800 mg for at least one period of 7 out of 21 days (e.g., 7 consecutive days or Days 1-7 in a 21 day cycle).
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered once daily at a dose of about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, or about 800 mg for at least one period of 14 out of 21 days (e.g., 14 consecutive days or Days 1-14 in a 21 day cycle).
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered continuously (i.e., daily) or intermittently (e.g., at least 3 days per week) with a twice daily dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, about 300 mg, or about 400 mg.
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose) for at least one period of 3 out of 7 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days with dosage followed by 4 consecutive days without dosage).
  • the HDAC inhibitor can also be administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose) for at least one period of 4 out of 7 days (e.g., 4 consecutive days with dosage followed by 3 consecutive days without dosage), or for at least one period of 5 out of 7 days (e.g., 5 consecutive days with dosage followed by 2 consecutive days without dosage).
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered weekly.
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose) for at least one period of 3 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days or Days 1-3 for up to 3 weeks in a 21 day cycle).
  • the HDAC inhibitor can also be administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose) for at least one period of 4 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 4 consecutive days or Days 1-4 for up to 3 weeks in a 21 day cycle), or for at least one period of 5 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 5 consecutive days or Days 1-5 for up to 3 weeks in a 21 day cycle).
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose), for example, for one period of 3 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days or Days 1-3 in a 21 day cycle).
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose), for example, for at least two periods of 3 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days or Days 1-3 and Days 8-10 for Week 1 and Week 2 of a 21 day cycle).
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose), for example, for at least three periods of 3 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days or Days 1-3, Days 8- 10, and Days 15-17 for Week 1, Week 2, and Week 3 of a 21 day cycle).
  • the HDAC inhibitor can be administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 300 mg, or about 400 mg (per dose), for example, for at least one period of 7 out of 14 days (e.g., 7 consecutive days or Days 1-7 in a 14 day cycle), or for at least one period of 11 out of 21 days (e.g., 11 consecutive days or Days 1-11 in a 21 day cycle), or for at least one period of 10 out of 21 days (e.g., 10 consecutive days or Days 1-10 in a 21 day cycle), or for at least one period of 14 out of 21 days (e.g., 14 consecutive days or Days 1-I4 in a 21 day cycle).
  • the HDAC inhibitor is administered once daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 300 mg, or about 400 mg (per dose), for example, for at least one period of 10 out of 21 days (e.g., 10 consecutive days or Days 1-10 in a 21 day cycle).
  • the patient would receive the HDAC inhibitor in quantities sufficient to deliver between about 3-1500 mg/m 2 per day, for example, about 3, 30; 60, 90, 180, 300, 600, 900, 1200 or 1500 mg/m 2 per day.
  • Such quantities may be administered in a number of suitable ways, e.g. large volumes of low concentrations of HDAC inhibitor during one extended period of time or several times a day.
  • the quantities can be administered for one or more consecutive days, intermittent days or a combination thereof per week (7 day period).
  • low volumes of high concentrations of HDAC inhibitor during a short period of time e.g. once a day for one or more days either consecutively, intermittently or a combination thereof per week (7 day period).
  • a dose of 300 mg/m 2 per day can be administered for 5 consecutive days for a total of 1500 mg/m 2 per treatment.
  • the number of consecutive days can also be 5, with treatment lasting for 2 or 3 consecutive weeks for a total of 3000 mg/m 2 and 4500 mg/m 2 total treatment.
  • an intravenous formulation may be prepared which contains a concentration of HDAC inhibitor of between about 1.0 mg/mL to about 10 mg/mL, e.g. 2.0 mg/niL, 3.0 mg/mL, 4.0 mg/mL, 5.0 mg/mL, 6.0 mg/mL, 7.0 mg/mL, 8.0 mg/mL, 9.0 mg/mL and 10 mg/mL and administered in amounts to achieve the doses described above.
  • a sufficient volume of intravenous formulation can be administered to a patient in a day such that the total dose for the day is between about 300 and about 1500 mg/m 2 .
  • Subcutaneous formulations can be prepared according to procedures well known in the art at a pH in the range between about 5 and about 12, which include suitable buffers and isotonicity agents, as described below. They can be formulated to deliver a daily dose of HDAC inhibitor in one or more daily subcutaneous administrations, e.g., one, two or three times each day.
  • the HDAC inhibitors can also be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art.
  • the dosage administration will, or course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regime.
  • any one or more of the specific dosages and dosage schedules of the HDAC inhibitors are also applicable to any one or more of the anti-cancer agents to be used in the combination treatment.
  • the specific dosage and dosage schedule of the anti-cancer agent can further vary, and the optimal dose, dosing schedule, and route of administration can be determined based upon the specific anti-cancer agent that is being used.
  • the various modes of administration, dosages, and dosing schedules described herein merely set forth specific embodiments and should not be construed as limiting the broad scope of the invention. Any permutations, variations, and combinations of the dosages and dosing schedules are included within the scope of the present invention.
  • any one or more of the specific dosages and dosage schedules of the HDAC inhibitors is also applicable to any one or more of the anti-cancer agents to be used in the combination treatment.
  • the specific dosage and dosage schedule of the one or more anti-cancer agents can further vary, and the optimal dose, dosing schedule and route of administration will be determined based upon the specific anti-cancer agent that is being used.
  • SAHA is administered orally
  • the other anti-cancer agent can be administered orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery by catheter or stent, subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, intrathecally, or in a slow release dosage form.
  • the HDAC inhibitor and one or more anti-cancer agents may be administered by the same mode of administration, i.e. both agents administered orally, by IV, etc.
  • anti-cancer agents and daily dosages usually administered include but are not restricted to:
  • Methotrexate 4-6 mg/m 2 p.o.
  • Methotrexate 12000 mg/m high dose therapy
  • Fludarabinphosphate 25 mg/m 2 i.v.
  • Cladribine 0.14 mg/kg BW i.v.
  • Cytarabin 200 mg/m 2 i.v.
  • Cytarabin 3000 mg/m 2 i.v. high dose therapy
  • Gemcitabine 800-1250 mg/m 2 i.v. Hydroxyurea: 800-4000 mg/m 2 p.o. Pemetrexed: 250-500 mg/m 2 i.v.
  • Antibiotics Actinomycin D 0.6 mg/m2 i.v.
  • Irinotecan (CPT -ll) 350 mg/m 2 i.v.
  • Alkylating Agents Mustargen 6 mg/m 2 i.v. Bstrarnustinphosphate 150-200 mg/m 2 i.v.
  • Lomustin 100-130 mg/m 2 p.o.
  • the dosage regimens utilizing the anti-cancer agents described herein can follow the exemplary dosages herein, including those provided for HDAC inhibitors.
  • the dosage can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and the type of disease being treated; the severity (i.e., stage) of the disease to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound or salt thereof employed.
  • a dosage regimen can be used, for example, to treat, for example, to prevent, inhibit (fully or partially), or arrest the progress of the disease.
  • an antimetabolic agent e.g., Fluorouracil, Gemcitabine, Bortezomib, Pemetrexed, or Flavopiridol
  • an antimetabolic agent e.g., Fluorouracil, Gemcitabine, Bortezomib, Pemetrexed, or Flavopiridol
  • Pemetrexed can be administered (e.g., via intravenous administration of Alimta®) in doses ranging from about 0.2 mg/m 2 to about 10 mg/m 2 , about 10 mg/m 2 to about 100 mg/m 2 , about 100 mg/m 2 to about 250 mg/m 2 , about 250 mg/m 2 to about 400 mg/m 2 , about 400 mg/m 2 to about 500 mg/m 2 , about 500 mg/m 2 to about 750 mg/m , about 750 mg/m to about 838 mg/m .
  • Pemetrexed is administered at a dose of 500 mg/m 2 , e.g., over 10 minutes, as an intravenous infusion. In an alternate embodiment, Pemetrexed is administered at a dose of about 375 mg/m 2 or about 250 mg/m 2 . In particular embodiments, the dosage is administered for at least 1 day (e.g., Day 1 or Day 3) in a 21 day cycle. In certain aspects, subjects treated with Pemetrexed are provided with a low-dose oral folic acid preparation or multivitamin with folic acid on a daily basis both during and prior to treatment.
  • subjects can receive intramuscular injection of vitamin B 12 during the week preceding the first dose of Pemetrexed and every 3 cycles (of a 21 day treatment period).
  • Pemetrexed can be co-administered with one or more other anti-cancer agents, e.g., SAHA or SAHA and Cisplatin.
  • SAHA e.g., Vorinostat
  • SAHA can be administered at a total daily dose of up to 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 700 mg, or 800 mg
  • Pemetrexed can be administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m 2 .
  • SAHA is first administered, followed by Pemetrexed.
  • Pemetrexed is administered two days after the first day of administration of SAHA.
  • HDAC inhibitors and anti-cancer agents can be used in the treatment of a wide variety of cancers, including but not limited to solid tumors (e.g., tumors of the head and neck, lung, breast, colon, prostate, bladder, rectum, brain, gastric tissue, bone, ovary, thyroid, or endometrium), hematological malignancies (e.g., leukemias, lymphomas, myelomas), carcinomas (e.g. bladder carcinoma, renal carcinoma, breast carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma), neuroblastoma, or melanoma.
  • solid tumors e.g., tumors of the head and neck, lung, breast, colon, prostate, bladder, rectum, brain, gastric tissue, bone, ovary, thyroid, or endometrium
  • hematological malignancies e.g., leukemias, lymphomas, myelomas
  • carcinomas e.g. bladder carcinoma, renal carcinoma, breast carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma
  • Non-limiting examples of these cancers include diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), T-cell lymphomas or leukemias, e.g., cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), noncutaneous peripheral T-cell lymphoma, lymphoma associated with human T-cell lymphotrophic virus (HTLV), adult T- cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATLL), as well as acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, myeloma, multiple myeloma, mesothelioma, childhood solid tumors, brain neuroblastoma, retinoblastoma, glioma, Wilms' tumor, bone cancer and soft-tissue sarcomas, common solid tumors of adults such as head and
  • Cutaneous T-cell lymphomas are a group of lymphoproliferative disorders characterized by localization of malignant T lymphocytes to the skin at presentation.
  • CTCL frequently involves the skin, bloodstream, regional lymph nodes, and spleen.
  • Mycosis fungoides (MF) the most common and indolent form of CTCL, is characterized by patches, plaques or tumors containing epidermotropic CD4 + CD45RO helper/memory T cells.
  • MF may evolve into a leukemic variant, Sezary syndrome (SS), or transform to large cell lymphoma. The condition causes severe skin itching, pain and edema.
  • Peripheral T-cell lymphomas originate from mature or peripheral (not central or thymic) T-cell lymphocytes as a clonal proliferation from a single T-cell and are usually either predominantly nodal or extranodal tumors. They have T-cell lymphocyte cell- surface markers and clonal arrangements of the T-cell receptor genes.
  • CTCL computed tomography
  • PTCL PTCL. These diseases are highly symptomatic. Patches, plaques and tumors are the clinical names of the different presentations. .Patches are usually flat, possibly scaly and look like a "rash.” Mycosis fungoides patches are often mistaken for eczema, psoriasis or non-specific dermatitis until a proper diagnosis of mycosis fungoides is made. Plaques are thicker, raised lesions. Tumors are raised "bumps" which may or may not ulcerate. A common characteristic is itching or pruritus, although many patients do not experience itching. It is possible to have one or all three of these phases. For most patients, existing treatments are palliative but not curative.
  • Lung cancer remains the leading cause of cancer-related mortality in the United States and 30% to 40% of newly diagnosed patients with non-small cell lung cancer present with regionally advanced and unresectable stage III disease (Jemal A et al. CA Cancer J. CHn. 2004;54:8-29; Dubey and Schiller The Oncologist 2005; 10:282-291; Socinski MA Semin Oncol. 2005 32(2 Suppl 3):S114-8).
  • the median survival time of patients with stage IV disease treated with standard chemotherapy regimens is approximately 8-11 months (Schiller JH et al N. Engl. J. Med. 2002;346:92-98; Fossella F et al. J. Clin. Oncol. 2003;21:3016- 3024).
  • the median survival time with single-agent therapy is approximately 5-7 months, and time to progression is merely 8-10 weeks (Shepherd FA et al. J. Clin. ⁇ 9 «co/. 2000;18:2095-2103; Fossella FV et al. J. Clin. Oncol. 2000;l 8:2354-2362).
  • Non-small cell lung cancer accounts for approximately 85% of all lung cancer cases. The majority of patients with NSCLC present with advanced disease, and this aggressive tumor is associated with a poor prognosis. The 5-year survival rate for patients with advanced (stage IIIB/IV) NSCLC is ⁇ 5% (Ginsberg RJ et al. In: Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology, DeVita VT Jr, Hellman S, Rosenberg SA, eds., 6th Edition, Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2001:925-983). Treatment for NSCLC has been palliative, with the goals of improving symptoms and prolonging survival.
  • Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma is the most common B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL) in the WHO (World Health Organization) classification and constitutes 30 to 40% of adult non-Hodgkin lymphomas in western countries.
  • the standard first-line treatment is combination chemotherapy or chemotherapy with anti-CD20 antibody
  • Kituximab Because of the high cost and lack of insurance coverage in many countries, it is estimated that KituximaD can only De afforded in a small percentage of NHL patients.
  • the standard second line treatment is peripheral stem cell transplantation. This procedure is performed in a select number of cancer centers, so it is not an treatment option for most patients.
  • the EPOCH regimen (Etoposide, Prednisone, Vincristine, Cyclophosphamide, Doxorubicin) for DLBCL has proven activity as salvage therapy, however, it rarely provide long-lasting remissions when used as a single modality.
  • Multiple myeloma is characterized by the neoplastic proliferation of a single clone of plasma cells engaged in the production of a monoclonal immunoglobulin (Kyle, Multiple Myeloma and Other Plasma Cell Disorders in Hematology: Basic Principles and Practice. Second edition. 1995).
  • multiple myeloma cells are initially responsive to radiotherapy and chemotherapy, durable complete responses are rare and virtually all patients who respond initially ultimately relapse and die from the disease.
  • conventional treatment approaches have not resulted in long-term disease-free survival, which highlights the importance of developing new drug treatment for this incurable disease (NCCN Proceedings. Oncology. November 1998).
  • head and neck cancers account for three percent of all cancers in the U.S. Most head and neck cancers originate in the squamous cells lining the structures found in the head and neck, and are often referred to as squamous cell carcinomas of the head and neck (SCCHN). Some head and neck cancers originate in other types of cells, such as glandular cells. Head and neck cancers that originate in glandular cells are called adenocarcinomas. Head and neck cancers are further defined by the area in which they begin, such as the oral cavity, nasal cavity, larynx, pharynx, salivary glands, and lymph nodes of the upper part of the neck. It is estimated that 38,000 people in the U.S. developed head and neck cancer 2002. Approximately 60% of patients present with locally advanced disease. Only 30% of these patients achieve long-term remission after treatment with surgery and/or radiation. For patients with recurrent and/or metastatic disease, the median survival is approximately six months.
  • Alkylating agents suitable for use in the present invention include but are not limited to bischloroethylamines (nitrogen mustards, e.g., Chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Ifosfamide, Mechlorethamine, Melphalan, uracil mustard), aziridines (e.g., Thiotepa), alkyl alkone sulfonates (e.g., Busulfan), nitrosoureas (e.g., Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin), nonclassic alkylating agents (e.g., Altretamine, dacarbazine, and Procarbazine), platinum compounds (e.g., Carboplatin and Cisplatin).
  • nitrogen mustards e.g., Chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Ifosfamide, Mechlorethamine, Melphalan, uracil mustard
  • aziridines e.g.,
  • the third anticancer agent comprises the alkylating agent Cisplatin.
  • Antibiotic agents suitable tor use in the present invention are anthracyclines (e.g., Doxorubicin, Daunorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, and Anthracenedione), Mitomycin C, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Plicatomycin.
  • Antimetabolic agents suitable for use in the present invention include but are not limited to Floxuridine, Fluorouracil, Methotrexate, Leucovorin, Hydroxyurea, Thioguanine, Mercaptopurine, Cytarabine, Pentostatin, Fludarabine Phosphate, Cladribine, Asparaginase, Gemcitabine, and Pemetrexed.
  • the antimetabolic agent in Pemetrexed.
  • Hormonal agents suitable for use in the present invention include but are not limited to, an estrogen, a progestogen, an antiesterogen, an androgen, an antiandrogen, an LHRH analogue, an aromatase inhibitor, Diethylstibestrol, Tamoxifen, Toremifene, Fluoxymesterol, Raloxifene, Bicalutamide, Nilutamide, Flutamide, Aminoglutethimide, Tetrazole, Ketoconazole, Goserelin Acetate, Leuprolide, Megestrol Acetate, and Mifepristone.
  • Plant-derived agents suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vindesine, Vinzolidine, Vinorelbine, Etoposide Teniposide, Paclitaxel, and Docetaxel.
  • Biologic agents suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to immuno-modulating proteins, monoclonal antibodies against tumor antigens, tumor suppressor genes, and cancer vaccines.
  • the immuno-modulating protein can be interleukin 2, interleukin 4, interleukin 12, interferon El, interferon D, interferon alpha, erythropoietin, granulocyte-CSF, granulocyte, macrophage-CSF, bacillus Calmette-Guerin, Levamisole, or Octreotide.
  • the tumor suppressor gene can be DPC-4, NF-I, NF-2, RB, p53, WTl, BRCA, or BRCA2.
  • the treatment procedures are performed sequentially in any order, simultaneously, or a combination thereof.
  • the first treatment procedure e.g., administration of an HDAC inhibitor
  • the second (and optional third and/or fourth) treatment procedure e.g., the one or more anticancer agents
  • a total treatment period can be decided for the HDAC inhibitor.
  • the anti-cancer agent can be administered prior to onset of treatment with the HDAC inhibitor or following treatment with the HDAC inhibitor.
  • the anti-cancer agent can be administered during tne period of HDAC inhibitor administration but does not need to occur over the entire HDAC inhibitor treatment period.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can be administered prior to onset of treatment with the one or more anti-cancer agents or following treatment with the one or more anti-cancer agents.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can be administered during the period of anti-cancer agent administration but does not need to occur over the entire anti-cancer agent treatment period.
  • the treatment regimen includes pre-treatment with one agent, either the HDAC inhibitor or the anti-cancer agent, followed by the addition of the other agent(s) for the duration of the treatment period.
  • the (and optionally the third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent is additive, i.e., the combination treatment regimen produces a result that is the additive effect of each constituent when it is administered alone.
  • the amount of HDAC inhibitor and the amount of the second (and optionally third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent together constitute an effective amount to treat cancer.
  • the combination of the HDAC inhibitor and second (and optionally third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent is considered therapeutically synergistic when the combination treatment regimen produces a significantly better anticancer result (e.g., cell growth arrest, apoptosis, induction of differentiation, cell death) than the additive effects of each constituent when it is administered alone at a therapeutic dose.
  • Standard statistical analysis can be employed to determine when the results are significantly better. For example, a Mann- Whitney Test or some other generally accepted statistical analysis can be employed.
  • the HDAC inhibitor can be administered in combination with an antimetabolic agent.
  • the HDAC inhibitor and anti-metabolic agent can be administered in combination with an alkylating agent
  • the HDAC inhibitor and anti-metabolic agent can be administered in combination with an antibiotic agent, another antimetabolic agent, another alkylating agent, a hormonal agent, a plant-derived agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a differentiation inducing agent, a cell growth arrest inducing agent an apoptosis inducing agent, a cytotoxic agent, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, an adjunctive agent, or a biologic agent.
  • the HDAC inhibitor, antimetabolic agent, ana optional aiKyiatmg agent can De administered in combination with any combination of an additional HDAC inhibitor, an additional alkylating agent, an antibiotic agent, an additional antimetabolic agent, a hormonal agent, a plant-derived agent, an anti- angiogenic agent, a differentiation inducing agent, a cell growth arrest inducing agent, an apoptosis inducing agent, a cytotoxic agent, a retinoid agent, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, an adjunctive agent, or a biologic agent.
  • the combination therapy can act through the induction of cancer cell differentiation, cell growth arrest, and/or apoptosis.
  • the combination of therapy is particularly advantageous, since the dosage of each agent in a combination therapy can be reduced as compared to monotherapy with the agent, while still achieving an overall anti-tumor effect.
  • compositions comprising the HDAC inhibitor and/or the one or more anti-cancer agents can be formulated in any dosage form suitable for oral, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intravenous, intraarterial, transdermal, sublingual, intramuscular, rectal, transbuccal, intranasal, liposomal, via inhalation, vaginal, or intraocular administration, for administration via local delivery by catheter or stent, or for subcutaneous, intraadiposal, intraarticular, intrathecal administration, or for administration in a slow release dosage form.
  • the HDAC inhibitor and the one or more anti-cancer agents can be formulated in the same formulation for simultaneous administration, or they can be in two separate dosage forms, which may be administered simultaneously or sequentially as described above.
  • the invention also encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the HDAC inhibitors and/or the one or more anti-cancer agents.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein and suitable for use in the method of the invention are conventional non-toxic salts and can include a salt with a base or an acid addition salt such as a salt with an inorganic base, for example, an alkali metal salt (e.g., lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, etc.), an alkaline earth metal salt (e.g., calcium salt, magnesium salt, etc.), an ammonium salt; a salt with an organic base, for example, an organic amine salt (e.g., triethylamine salt, pyridine salt, picoline salt, ethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, N 5 N- dibenzylethylenediamine salt, etc.) etc.; an inorganic acid addition salt (e.g., hydrochloride, hydrobromide, s
  • a salt witn a oasic or acidic amino acid e.g., arginine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, etc.
  • the invention also encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising hydrates of the HDAC inhibitors and/or the one or more anti-cancer agents.
  • this invention also encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising any solid or liquid physical form of SAHA or any of the other HDAC inhibitors.
  • the HDAC inhibitors can be in a crystalline form, in amorphous form, and have any particle size.
  • the HDAC inhibitor particles may be micronized, or may be agglomerated, particulate granules, powders, oils, oily suspensions or any other form of solid or liquid physical form.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be liquid or solid.
  • Suitable solid oral formulations include tablets, capsules, pills, granules, pellets, and the like.
  • Suitable liquid oral formulations include solutions, suspensions, dispersions, emulsions, oils, and the like.
  • Any inert excipient that is commonly used as a carrier or diluent may be used in the formulations of the present invention, such as for example, a gum, a starch, a sugar, a cellulosic material, an acrylate, or mixtures thereof.
  • compositions may further comprise a disintegrating agent and a lubricant, and in addition may comprise one or more additives selected from a binder, a buffer, a protease inhibitor, a surfactant, a solubilizing agent, a plasticizer, an emulsifier, a stabilizing agent, a viscosity increasing agent, a sweetener, a film forming agent, or any combination thereof.
  • a disintegrating agent and a lubricant
  • additives selected from a binder, a buffer, a protease inhibitor, a surfactant, a solubilizing agent, a plasticizer, an emulsifier, a stabilizing agent, a viscosity increasing agent, a sweetener, a film forming agent, or any combination thereof.
  • the compositions of the present invention maybe in the form of controlled release or immediate release formulations.
  • the HDAC inhibitors can be administered as active ingredients in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients or carriers (collectively referred to herein as “carrier” materials or “pharmaceutically acceptable carriers”) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration.
  • carrier materials or “pharmaceutically acceptable carriers”
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may be aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, suspensions, emulsions or oils.
  • non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Aqueous earners include water, aiconolic/aqueous solutions, emulsions, or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
  • oils are those of petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic origin, for example, peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, and fish-liver oil.
  • Solutions or suspensions can also include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
  • the pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
  • Solid carriers/diluents include, but are not limited to, a gum, a starch (e.g., corn starch, pregelatinized starch), a sugar (e.g., lactose, mannitol, sucrose, dextrose), a cellulosic material (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose), an acrylate (e.g., polymethylacrylate), calcium carbonate, magnesium oxide, talc, or mixtures thereof.
  • a gum e.g., corn starch, pregelatinized starch
  • a sugar e.g., lactose, mannitol, sucrose, dextrose
  • a cellulosic material e.g., microcrystalline cellulose
  • an acrylate e.g., polymethylacrylate
  • calcium carbonate e.g., magnesium oxide, talc, or mixtures thereof.
  • compositions may further comprise binders (e.g., acacia, cornstarch, gelatin, carbomer, ethyl cellulose, guar gum, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, povidone), disintegrating agents (e.g., cornstarch, potato starch, alginic acid, silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, guar gum, sodium starch glycolate, Primogel), buffers (e.g., tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate) of various pH and ionic strength, additives such as albumin or gelatin to prevent absorption to surfaces, detergents (e.g., Tween 20, Tween 80, Pluronic F68, bile acid salts), protease inhibitors, surfactants (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate), permeation enhancers, solubilizing agents (e.g., glycerol, polyethylene g
  • lubricants e.g., stearic acid, magnesium stearate, poiyemyiene glycol, so ⁇ mr ⁇ iauryi sulfate
  • flow-aids e.g., colloidal silicon dioxide
  • plasticizers e.g., diethyl phthalate, triethyl citrate
  • emulsifiers e.g., carbomer, hydroxypropyl cellulose, sodium lauryl sulfate
  • polymer coatings e.g., poloxamers or poloxamines
  • coating and film forming agents e.g., ethyl cellulose, acrylates, polymethacrylates
  • the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
  • compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • compositions that contain an active component are well understood in the art, for example, by mixing, granulating, or tablet-forming processes.
  • the active therapeutic ingredient is often mixed with excipients that are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient.
  • the active agents are mixed with additives customary for this purpose, such as vehicles, stabilizers, or inert diluents, and converted by customary methods into suitable forms for administration, such as tablets, coated tablets, hard or soft gelatin capsules, aqueous, alcoholic, or oily solutions and the like as detailed above.
  • the amount of the compound administered to the patient is less than an amount that would cause toxicity in the patient. In the certain embodiments, the amount of the compound that is administered to the patient is less than the amount that causes a concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma to equal or exceed the toxic level of the compound. In particular embodiments, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 10 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 25 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 50 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 100 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 500 nM.
  • the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 1,000 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 2,500 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 5,000 nM.
  • the optimal amount of the compound that should be administered to the patient in the practice of the present invention will depend on the particular compound used and the type of cancer being treated. The percentage of the active ingredient and various excipients in the formulations may vary. For example, the composition may comprise between 20 and 90%, or specifically between 50-70% by weight of the active agent.
  • Glucuronic acid L-lactic acid, acetic acid, citric acid or any pharmaceutically acceptable acid/conjugate base with reasonable buffering capacity in the pH range acceptable for intravenous administration can be used as buffers.
  • Sodium chloride solution wherein the pH has been adjusted to the desired range with either acid or base, for example, hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide, can also be employed.
  • a pH range for the intravenous formulation can be in the range of from about 5 to about 12.
  • a particular pH range for intravenous formulation comprising an HDAC inhibitor, wherein the HDAC inhibitor has a hydroxamic acid moiety can be about 9 to about 12.
  • Subcutaneous formulations can be prepared according to procedures well known in the art at a pH in the range between about 5 and about 12, which include suitable buffers and isotonicity agents. They can be formulated to deliver a daily dose of the active agent in one or more daily subcutaneous administrations.
  • the choice of appropriate buffer and pH of a formulation, depending on solubility of the HDAC inhibitor to be administered, is readily made by a person having ordinary skill in the art.
  • Sodium chloride solution wherein the pH has been adjusted to the desired range with either acid or base, for example, hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide, can also be employed in the subcutaneous formulation.
  • a pH range for the subcutaneous formulation can be in the range of from about 5 to about 12.
  • a particular pH range for subcutaneous formulation of an HDAC inhibitor having a hydroxamic acid moiety can be about 9 to about 12.
  • compositions of the present invention can also be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art.
  • suitable intranasal vehicles or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art.
  • the dosage administration will, or course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regime.
  • the present invention also provides in vitro methods for selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells, thereby inhibiting proliferation of such cells, by contacting the cells with a first amount of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof and a second amount of Pemetrexed (and optionally a third amount of cisplatin, and/or fourth amount of an anti-cancer agent), wherein the first and second (and optional third and/or fourth) amounts together comprise an amount effective to induce terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest of apoptosis of the cells.
  • SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • Pemetrexed and optionally a third amount of cisplatin, and/or fourth amount of an anti-cancer agent
  • a particular embodiment for the methods of selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells will comprise contacting the cells in vivo, i.e., by administering the compounds to a subject harboring neoplastic cells or tumor cells in need of treatment.
  • the present invention also provides methods for selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells, thereby inhibiting proliferation of such cells in a subject by administering to the subject a first amount of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, in a first treatment procedure and a second amount of Pemetrexed in a second treatment procedure (and optionally a third and/or fourth amount of an anti-cancer agent in a third and/or fourth treatment procedure), wherein the first and second (and optional third and/or fourth) amounts together comprise an amount effective to induce terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest of apoptosis of the cells.
  • SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • Pemetrexed in a second treatment procedure
  • the first and second (and optional third and/or fourth) amounts together comprise an amount effective to induce terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest of apoptosis of the cells.
  • SAHA can be synthesized according to the method outlined below, or according to the method set forth in US Patent 5,369,108, the contents of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety, or according to any other method.
  • a 22 L flask was placed 3,500 g (20.09 moles) of suberic acid, and the acid melted with heat. The temperature was raised to 175°C, and then 2,040 g (21.92 moles) of aniline was added. The temperature was raised to 190 0 C and held at that temperature for 20 minutes.
  • the melt was poured into a Nalgene tank that contained 4,017 g of potassium hydroxide dissolved in 50 L of water. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes following the addition of the melt. The reaction was repeated at the same scale, and the second melt was poured into the same solution of potassium hydroxide. After the mixture was thoroughly stirred, the stirrer was turned off, and the mixture was allowed to settle.
  • the mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite (4,200 g).
  • the product was filtered to remove the neutral by-product from attack by aniline on both ends of suberic acid.
  • the filtrate contained the salt of the product, and also the salt of unreacted suberic acid.
  • the mixture was allowed to settle because the filtration was very slow, taking several days.
  • the filtrate was acidified using 5 L of concentrated hydrochloric acid; the mixture was stirred for one hour, and then allowed to settle overnight.
  • the product was collected by filtration, and washed on the runnel with deionized water (4 x 5 L).
  • the wet filter cake was placed in a 72 L flask with 44 L of deionized water, the mixture heated to 50°C, and the solid isolated by a hot filtration (the desired product was contaminated with suberic acid which is has a much greater solubility in hot water. Several hot triturations were done to remove suberic acid. The product was checked by NMR [D 6 DMSO] to monitor the removal of suberic acid). The hot trituration was repeated with 44 L of water at 5O 0 C. The product was again isolated by filtration, and rinsed with 4 L of hot water.
  • the Nash pump is a liquid ring pump (water) and pulls a vacuum of about 29 inch of mercury.
  • An intermittent argon purge was used to help carry off water); 4,182.8 g of suberanilic acid was obtained.
  • the product still contained a small amount of suberic acid; therefore the hot trituration was done portioiiwise at 65°C, using about 300 g of product at a time. Each portion was filtered, and rinsed thoroughly with additional hot water (a total of about 6 L). This was repeated to purify the entire batch. This completely removed suberic acid from the product.
  • the solid product was combined in a flask and stirred with 6 L of methanol/water (1 :2), and then isolated by filtration and air dried on the filter over the week end. It was placed in trays and dried in a vacuum oven at 65 0 C for 45 hours using the Nash pump and an argon bleed. The final product has a weight of 3,278.4 g (32.7% yield).
  • Flask 1 had a final pH of 8.98
  • Flask 2 had a final pH of 8.70.
  • the product from both flasks was isolated by filtration using a Buchner funnel and filter cloth. The filter cake was washed with 15 L of deionized water, and the funnel was covered and the product was partially dried on the funnel under vacuum for 15.5 hr. The product was removed and placed into five glass trays. The trays were placed in a vacuum oven and the product was dried to constant weight. The first drying period was for 22 hours at 60°C using a Nash pump as the vacuum source with an argon bleed. The trays were removed from the vacuum oven and weighed.
  • the crude SAHA was recrystallized from methanol/water.
  • a 50 L flask with a mechanical stirrer, thermocouple, condenser, and inlet for inert atmosphere was charged with the crude SAHA to be crystallized (2,525.7 g), followed by 2,625 ml of deionized water and 15,755 ml of methanol.
  • the material was heated to reflux to give a solution.
  • 5,250 ml of deionized water was added to the reaction mixture. The heat was turned off, and the mixture was allowed to cool. When the mixture had cooled sufficiently so that the flask could be safely handled (28°C), the flask was removed from the heating mantle, and placed in a tub for use as a cooling bath.
  • Ice/water was added to the tub to cool the mixture to -5°C. The mixture was held below that temperature for 2 hours.
  • the product was isolated by filtration, and the filter cake washed with 1.5 L of cold methanol/water (2:1).
  • the funnel was covered, and the product was partially dried under vacuum for 1.75 hr.
  • the product was removed from the funnel and placed in 6 glass trays.
  • the trays were placed in a vacuum oven, and the product was dried for 64.75 hr at 60°C using a Nash pump as the vacuum source, and using an argon bleed.
  • the trays were removed for weighing, and then returned to the oven and dried for an additional 4 hours at 60°C to give a constant weight.
  • the vacuum source for the second drying period was an oil pump, and no argon bleed was used.
  • the material was packaged in double 4-mill polyethylene bags, and placed in a plastic outer container. The final weight after sampling was 2,540.9 g (92.5%).
  • the SAHA Polymorph I crystals were suspended in 1 : 1 (by volume) EtOH/water solvent mixture at a slurry concentration ranging from 50 mg/gram to 150 mg/gram
  • the slurry was wet milled with IKA- Works Rotor-Stator high shear homogenizer model T50 with superfine blades at 20-30 m/s, until the mean particle size of SAHA was less than 50 ⁇ m and 95% less than 100 ⁇ m, while maintaining the temperature at room temperature.
  • the wet-milled slurry was filtered and washed with the 1 :1 EtOH/water solvent mixture at room temperature. The wet cake was then dried at 4O 0 C.
  • the final mean particle size of the wet-milled material was less than 50 ⁇ m as measured by the Microtrac method below.
  • Particle size was analyzed using an SRA-150 laser diffraction particle size analyzer, manufactured by Microtrac Inc.
  • the analyzer was equipped with an ASVR (Automatic Small Volume Recirculator). 0.25 wt% lecithin in ISOPAR G was used as the dispersing fluid. Three runs were recorded for each sample and an average distribution was calculated.
  • Particle size distribution was analyzed as a volume distribution. The mean particle size and 95% ⁇ values based on volume were reported.
  • the batch was then cooled slowly to 5 0 C: 65 to 55 0 C in 10 hours, 55 to 45 0 C in 10 hours, 45 to 5 0 C in 8 hours.
  • the cooled batch was aged at 5 0 C for one hour to reach a target supernatant concentration of less than 5 mg/g, in particular, 3 mg/g.
  • the batch slurry was filtered and washed with 1 : 1 EtOH/water solvent mixture at 5 0 C.
  • the wet cake was dried at 4O 0 C under vacuum.
  • the dry cake had a final particle size of ⁇ 150 ⁇ m with 95% particle size ⁇ 300 ⁇ m according to the Microtrac method.
  • Ethanol/Water 7.5 grams of SAHA Polymorph I crystals and 70.7 grams of 1 : 1 EtOH/water solvent mixture were charged into a seed preparation vessel (500-ml jacketed resin kettle). The seed slurry was wet milled to a particle size less than 50 ⁇ m at room temperature following the steps of Example 2 above. The seed slurry was heated to 63-67 0 C and aged over 30 minutes to 2 hours. In a separate crystallizer (1 -liter jacketed resin kettle), 17.5 grams of SAHA
  • the seed slurry from the seed preparation vessel was transferred to the crystallizer.
  • the slurry was mixed in the resin kettle under 20 psig pressure, and at an agitator speed range similar to that in Example 3.
  • the batch slurry was cooled slowly to 5 0 C according to the cooling profile in Example 3.
  • the batch slurry was filtered and washed with 1:1 EtOH/water solvent mixture at 5 0 C.
  • the wet cake was dried at 4O 0 C under vacuum.
  • the dry cake had a final particle size of about 140 ⁇ m with 95% particle size ⁇ 280 ⁇ m.
  • EXAMPLE 4A Large Scale Growth of Large Crystals in 1:1 Ethanol/Water
  • the Seed Prep Tank was pressurized to 20-25 psig, the seed slurry was heated to 64 0 C (range: 62-66°C), aged for 30 minutes while maintaining the pressure to dissolve ⁇ Vi of the seed solids, and then cooled to 61-63 0 C.
  • the hot seed slurry was rapidly transferred from the Seed Prep Tank to the Crystallizer (no flush) while maintaining both vessel temperatures.
  • the nitrogen pressure in the Crystallizer was re-established to 20-25 psig and the batch was aged for 2 hours at 61- 63°C.
  • the batch was cooled to 5°C in three linear steps over 26 hours: (1) from 62°C to 55 0 C over 10 hours; (2) from 55 0 C to 45 0 C over 6 hours; and (3) from 45°C to 5°C over 10 hours.
  • the batch was aged for 1 hr and then the wet cake was filtered and washed 2X with water (total 6 kg/kg, ⁇ 440 kg), and vacuum dried at 40-45 0 C.
  • the dry cake from this recrystallization process is packed-out as the Coarse API.
  • Coarse API and Fine API were blended at a 70/30 ratio.
  • SAHA Polymorph I crystals were suspended in ethanolic aqueous solution (100% ethanol to 50% ethanol in water by volume) at a slurry concentration ranging from 50 mg/gram to 150 mg/gram (crystal/solvent mixture).
  • the slurry was wet milled with IKA- Works Rotor-Stator high shear homogenizer model T50 with superfine blades at 20-35 m/s, until the mean particle size of SAHA was less than 50 ⁇ m and 95% less than 100 ⁇ m, while maintaining the temperature at room temperature.
  • the wet-milled slurry was filtered and washed with EtOH/water solvent mixture at room temperature. The wet cake was then dried at 40 0 C.
  • the final mean particle size of the wet-milled material was less than 50 ⁇ m as measured by the Microtrac method as described before.
  • EXAMPLE 6 Growth of Large Crystals Batch 283
  • the batch was then cooled to 2O 0 C with one heat-cool cycle: 65 0 C to 55 0 C in 2 hours, 55 0 C for 1 hour, 55 0 C to 65 0 C over ⁇ 30 minutes, age at 65 0 C for 1 hour, 65 0 C to 40°C in 5 hours, 40 0 C to 3O 0 C in 4 hours, 30 0 C to 2O 0 C over 6 hours.
  • the cooled batch was aged at 2O 0 C for one hour.
  • the batch slurry was filtered and washed with 9:1 EtOH/water solvent mixture at 2O 0 C.
  • the wet cake was dried at 4O 0 C under vacuum.
  • the dry cake had a final particle size of- 150 ⁇ m with 95% particle size ⁇ 300 ⁇ m per Microtrac method.
  • 30% of the batch 288 crystals and 70% of the batch 283 crystals were blended to produce capsules containing about 100 mg of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid; about 44.3 mg of microcrystalline cellulose; about 4.5 mg of croscarmellose sodium; and about 1.2 mg of magnesium stearate.
  • EXAMPLE 7 A Phase I Clinical Trial of Oral SAHA in Combination With Pemetrexed and Cisplatin in Patients with Advanced Cancer
  • This clinical study is used to determine the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) of oral SAHA when administered in repeated 21 day cycles in combination with standard doses of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin in patients with advanced solid tumors.
  • MTD maximum tolerated dose
  • the study is also used to determine the MTD of oral SAHA when administered in repeated 21 day cycles in combination with standard doses of Pemetrexed in patients with advanced solid tumors and to assess at MTD the pharmacokinetics of SAHA, Pemetrexed, and Cisplatin when administered in combination.
  • the study is used to assess the safety and tolerability of these combination regimens when SAHA is administered in combination with Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or SAHA in combination with Pemetrexed.
  • Administration of SAHA is assessed in 21 day cycles in combination with
  • Pemetrexed and Cisplatin in patients with advanced solid tumors for sufficient safety and tolerance to permit further study.
  • Administration of SAHA is assessed in 21 day cycles in combination with Pemetrexed in patients with advanced solid tumors for sufficient safety and tolerance to permit further study.
  • Study Design and Duration This study is a randomized, multicenter, open-label, dose-escalating, Phase I trial of SAHA in combination with Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or in combination with Pemetrexed in patients with solid tumors who would be eligible for Pemetrexed and Cisplatin therapy or Pemetrexed therapy. The study first determines the MTD of SAHA when administered in combination with standard doses of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin.
  • Pemetrexed and Cisplatin are administered by intravenous (IV) infusion at doses of 500 mg/m 2 and 75 mg/m 2 , respectively, on Day 3 of each cycle. All patients on the 3-drug regimen receive folic acid, vitamin B 12 , Dexamethasone, and antiemetic drugs which include Aprepitant and Ondansetron for chemotherapy prophylaxis.
  • the cohort is expanded to evaluate pharmacokinetics (PK) for the schedule determined to be the recommended Phase II dose.
  • PK pharmacokinetics
  • MTD is defined for the 3-drug combination on each schedule
  • an additional Phase I component is repeated for the 2-drug combination of SAHA and Pemetrexed.
  • the starting doses of SAHA for this portion of the study are defined in the tables below for Cohorts C and D.
  • Patients who do not have disease progression and who continue to meet the eligibility criteria after the first 6 to 8 cycles will be offered continued treatment with SAHA at the same dose and schedule on a continuation protocol. Patients receive either 6 or up to 8 cycles prior to transition to the continuation protocol. Once on the continuation protocol, patients can continue treatment with both SAHA and Pemetrexed or just SAHA.
  • Patients who receive the three-drug regimen during the protocol will continue to be treated at the assigned dose level provided they continue to meet eligibility criteria and do not have disease progression or unacceptable toxicities. These patients may then transition to the continuation protocol after 4 to 6 cycles have been completed in the base protocol. Patients can receive either 4 or up to 6 cycles prior to transition to the continuation protocol is at the Investigator's discretion. Once on the continuation protocol, patients may continue treatment with the three-drug regimen of SAHA, Pemetrexed, and cisplatin or just SAHA.
  • Patient Sample Up to 60 patients are enrolled. A minimum of 3 and a maximum of 6 patients are enrolled at each initial dose level of SAHA. Once the MTD is established for each schedule, an additional 12 patients are enrolled at the schedule determined to be the recommended Phase II dose for a more detailed investigation of pharmacokinetics. Additionally, up to 6 patients are enrolled at the starting dose level for the Phase I study of S AHA and Femetrexed regimen. Eligible patients are 18 years of age or older with a confirmed diagnosis of a solid tumor for which Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or Pemetrexed would be considered appropriate therapy. Other eligibility criteria include adequate performance status and adequate hematologic, hepatic, and renal function.
  • SAHA is administered orally in combination with standard doses of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin in repeated 21 day (or 3 week) cycles. Two dose schedules (Cohort A and Cohort B) are planned for SAHA.
  • SAHA is administered orally (P.O.) twice daily (b.i.d.), once in the morning and once in the evening.
  • SAHA treatment begins at a dose level of 300 mg P.O. b.i.d. for 3 consecutive days, followed by an 18 day rest.
  • each treatment cycle includes only 3 days of SAHA dosing.
  • Barring dose-limiting-toxicities (DLTs) the dose of SAHA is escalated to the next dose level at 300 mg P.O. b.i.d. for 3 consecutive days out of 7 days in the first 14 days, followed by a 7 day rest.
  • each cycle includes 6 treatment days of SAHA.
  • the target dose level in Cohort A is 300 mg P.O.
  • SAHA is administered orally once daily (q.d.).
  • SAHA treatment begins at a dose level of 400 mg P.O. q.d. for 7 consecutive days, followed by a 14 day rest.
  • the dose of SAHA is escalated to the next dose level at 500 mg P.O. q.d., then to 600 mg P.O. q.d. No intra-patient dose escalation is permitted in either cohort.
  • Potential dose levels of SAHA are outlined below.
  • cir-* tPemetrexed/Cisplatin can be dose adjusted for toxicities according to table, below.
  • Pemetrexed and Cisplatin are administered on Day 3 of each cycle.
  • the SAHA dose is administered with food 30 minutes prior to the administration of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin.
  • Pemetrexed is administered as an intravenous (IV) infusion over 10 minutes at the standard dose of 500 mg/m 2 , followed 30 minutes later by Cisplatin 15 mg/m 2 administered as an IV infusion over 2 hours.
  • Folic acid 400 to 1000 ⁇ g is administered orally daily 1-3 weeks before the first dose of Pemetrexed/Cisplatin therapy and continues throughout treatment cycles.
  • Vitamin B 12 (1000 ⁇ g) is administered intramuscularly (IM) 1-3 weeks before the first dose of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin infusion and repeated every 9 weeks while the patient is on therapy.
  • Dexamethasone (8 mg P. O) is administered on Day 2, and Days 4 through 6.
  • Dexamethasone (12 mg P.O.) is administered in combination with Aprepitant (125 mg P.O.) and Ondansetron (32 mg IV) prior to Pemetrexed/Cisplatin infusion and during treatment cycles for prophylactic treatment of emesis.
  • Adequate hydration is critical for mitigating chemotherapy related toxicities. Patients are given 2 liters of fluids each day while on SAHA therapy.
  • Study Design The study includes a randomized, multicenter, open-label, dose- escalating, Phase I trial of SAHA in combination with Pemetrexed in patients with solid tumors who would be eligible for Pemetrexed therapy.
  • Two different dose schedules (q.d. and b.i.d.) of SAHA are independently evaluated and patients are randomized to one of these 2 schedules.
  • Pemetrexed is administered by IV infusion on Day 3 of each cycle. All patients receive folic acid, vitamin B 12 , and Dexamethasone.
  • Dexamethasone (8 mg P.O.) is taken the day before, the day of, and tlie day alter Pemetrexed dosing to reduce the risk of severe skin rashes. Patients are asked to maintain adequate hydration.
  • the appropriate amount of SAHA is administered orally on an outpatient basis during each 21 day cycle according to the starting dose level for each MTD achieved (see tables, below).
  • Pemetrexed is administered by a 10-minute IV infusion at the standard dose of 500 mg/m 2 on Day 3 of each cycle, beginning 30 minutes after SAHA administration.
  • the starting dose level of SAHA is Dose Level 1 at 300 mg b.i.d. for 3 consecutive days out of 7 days in the first week, followed by a 2-week rest period, for a complete treatment cycle of 21 days.
  • Other dose levels are defined in Table 4 below.
  • the dose is escalated from Dose Level 1 up to Dose Level 3. If Dose Level 1 exceeds the MTD, then alternative dose escalation schedules are adopted via Dose Levels -2, -Ia, and -1 as outlined in Table 4.
  • Table 5 below outlines the dose levels and dose escalation/modification for Cohort D.
  • the starting dose level of SAHA is Dose Level 1 at 300 mg q.d. for 7 consecutive days, followed by a 14-day rest period, for a complete treatment cycle of 21 days.
  • Alternative dose levels and schedules for Cohorts C and D are defined below in Tables 6 and 7.
  • Pemetrexed/Cisplatin For patients who continue to additional cycles of treatment, Pemetrexed/Cisplatin are administered on Day 3. The target dose levels are the same as those for Cycle 1, however, Pemetrexed/Cisplatin can be dose adjusted for toxicities according to the following table 8.
  • Efficacy Measurements Disease response/progression is assessed by the investigator as deemed appropriate for each individual patient. No efficacy measures are planned.
  • Safety Measurements Vital signs, physical examinations, Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status, adverse events, laboratory safety tests, and electrocardiograms are obtained or assessed prior to drug administration and at designated intervals throughout the study. Data Analysis: The study will enroll -60 patients. The adverse effects of SAHA in combination with pemetrexed and cisplatin as well as SAHA in combination with pemetrexed will be assessed by tabulating adverse experiences and summarizing duration, intensity, and the time to onset of toxicity by dose level.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a method of treating cancer in a subject in need thereof, by administering to a subject in need thereof a first amount of a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, and a second amount of an anti-cancer agent. The HDAC inhibitor and the anti-cancer agent may be administered to comprise therapeutically effective amounts. In various aspects, the effect of the HDAC inhibitor and the anti-cancer agent may be additive or synergistic.

Description

METHOD OF TREATING CANCERS WITH SAHA AND
PEMETREXED
FIELD QF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a method of treating cancer by administering a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor in combination with one or more anti-cancer agents, e.g., an antimetabolic agent. The combined amounts together can comprise a therapeutically effective amount.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Cancer is a disorder in which a population of cells has become, in varying degrees, unresponsive to the control mechanisms that normally govern proliferation and differentiation. Therapeutic agents used in clinical cancer therapy can be categorized into several groups, including, alkylating agents, antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents, biologic agents, hormonal agents, and plant-derived agents.
Cancer therapy is also being attempted by the induction of terminal differentiation of the neoplastic cells (M. B., Roberts, A. B., and Driscoll, J. S. (1985) in Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology, eds. Hellman, S., Rosenberg, S. A., and DeVita, V. T., Jr., Ed. 2, (J. B. Lippincott, Philadelphia), P. 49). In cell culture models, differentiation has been reported by exposure of cells to a variety of stimuli, including: cyclic AMP and retinoic acid (Breitman, T. R., Selonick, S. E., and Collins, S. J. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. USA 77: 2936-2940; Olsson, I. L. and Breitman, T. R. (1982) Cancer Res. 42: 3924-3927), aclarubicin and other anthracyclines (Schwartz, E. L. and Sartorelli, A. C. (1982) Cancer Res. 42: 2651- 2655). There is abundant evidence that neoplastic transformation does not necessarily destroy the potential of cancer cells to differentiate (Sporn et al; Marks, P. A., Sheffery, M., and Rifkind, R. A. (1987) Cancer Res. 47: 659; Sachs, L. (1978) Nature (Lond.) TJA: 535). There are many examples of tumor cells which do not respond to the normal regulators of proliferation and appear to be blocked in the expression of their differentiation program, and yet can be induced to differentiate and cease replicating. A variety of agents can induce various transformed cell lines and primary human tumor explants to express more differentiated characteristics. Histone deacetylase inhibitors such as suberoylanilide hydroxamide acid (SAHA), belong to this class of agents that have the ability to induce tumor cell growth arrest differentiation, and/or apoptosis (Richon, V.M., Webb, Y., Merger, R., et al. (1996) PNAS 93:5705-8). These compounds are targeted towards mechanisms inherent to the ability of a neoplastic cell to become malignant, as they do not appear to have toxicity in doses effective for inhibition of tumor growth in animals (Cohen, L.A., Amin, S., Marks, P.A., Rifkind, R.A., Desai, D., and Richon, V.M. (1999) Anticancer Research 19:4999- 5006). There are several lines of evidence that histone acetylation and deacetylation are mechanisms by which transcriptional regulation in a cell is achieved (Grunstein, M. (1997) Nature 389:349-52). These effects are thought to occur through changes in the structure of chromatin by altering the affinity of histone proteins for coiled DNA in the nucleosome. There are five types of histones that have been identified (designated Hl, H2A, H2B,
H3 and H4). Histones H2A, H2B, H3, and H4 are found in the nucleosomes and Hl is a linker located between nucleosomes. Each nucleosome contains two of each histone type within its core, except for Hl, which is present singly in the outer portion of the nucleosome structure. It is believed that when the histone proteins are hypoacetylated, there is a greater affinity of the histone to the DNA phosphate backbone. This affinity causes DNA to be tightly bound to the histone and renders the DNA inaccessible to transcriptional regulatory elements and machinery. The regulation of acetylated states occurs through the balance of activity between two enzyme complexes, histone acetyl transferase (HAT) and histone deacetylase (HDAC). The hypoacetylated state is thought to inhibit transcription of associated DNA. This hypoacetylated state is catalyzed by large multiprotein complexes that include HDAC enzymes. In particular, HDACs have been shown to catalyze the removal of acetyl groups from the chromatin core histones.
Besides the aim to increase the therapeutic efficacy, another purpose of combination treatment is the potential decrease of the doses of the individual components in the resulting combinations in order to decrease unwanted or harmful side effects caused by higher doses of the individual components. Thus, there is an urgent need to discover suitable methods for the treatment of cancer, including combination treatments that result in decreased side effects and that are effective at treating and controlling malignancies.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is based on the discovery that histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors, for example suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), can be used in combination with one or more anti-cancer agents, for example, Pemetrexed, to provide therapeutic efficacy. The invention relates to a method for treating cancer or other disease comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed. The method can optionally comprise administering an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and optionally an amount of a fourth anti-cancer agent.
The invention further relates to pharmaceutical combinations useful for the treatment of cancer or other disease comprising an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed. The combination can optionally comprise an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and/or a fourth anti-cancer agent.
The invention further relates to the use of an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, (and optionally an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and/or a fourth anti-cancer agent) for the manufacture of one or more medicaments for treating cancer or other disease. The invention further relates to methods for selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest, and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells, thereby inhibiting proliferation of such cells in a subject by administering to the subject an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, (and optionally an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and/or a fourth anti-cancer agent, wherein the HDAC inhibitor and second (and optional third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent are administered in amounts effective to induce terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest, or apoptosis of the cells.
The invention further relates to in vitro methods for selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest, and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells, thereby inhibiting proliferation of such cells, by contacting the cells with an amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, (and optionally an amount of a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., cisplatin, and/or a fourth anti-cancer agent) wherein the HDAC inhibitor and second (and optional third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent are administered in amounts effective to induce terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest, or apoptosis of the cells.
In the context of the present invention, the combined treatments together comprise a therapeutically effective amount. In addition, the combination of the HDAC inhibitor and one or more anti-cancer agents can provide additive or synergistic therapeutic effects. The HDAC inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include but are not limited to hydroxamic acid derivatives like SAHA, Short Chain Fatty Acids (SCFAs), cyclic tetrapeptides, benzamide derivatives, or electrophilic ketone derivatives.
The treatment procedures described herein can be performed sequentially in any order, alternating in any order, simultaneously, or any combination thereof. In particular, the administration of an HDAC inhibitor and the administration of the one or more anti-cancer agents can be performed concurrently, consecutively, or e.g., alternating concurrent and consecutive administration.
The HDAC inhibitor and the second anti-cancer agent (and optional third anti-cancer agent) can be administered in combination with any one or more of an additional HDAC inhibitor, an alkylating agent, an antibiotic agent, an antimetabolic agent, a hormonal agent, a plant-derived agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a differentiation inducing agent, a cell growth arrest inducing agent, an apoptosis inducing agent, a cytotoxic agent, a biologic agent, a gene therapy agent, a retinoid agent, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, an adjunctive agent, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the HDAC inhibitor is SAHA and the second anti-cancer agent is Pemetrexed, which can be administered in combination with any one or more of another HDAC inhibitor, an alkylating agent such as cisplatin, an antibiotic agent, an antimetabolic agent, a hormonal agent, a plant-derived agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a differentiation inducing agent, a cell growth arrest inducing agent, an apoptosis inducing agent, a cytotoxic . agent, a biologic agent, a gene therapy agent, a retinoid agent, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, an adjunctive agent, or any combination thereof.
The combination therapy of the invention can be used to treat inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, diseases associated with oxidative stress, neurodegenerative diseases, and diseases characterized by cellular hyperproliferation (e.g., cancers), or any combination thereof.
In particular, the combination therapy is used to treat diseases such as leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma, sarcoma, carcinoma, solid tumor, or any combination thereof.
In other embodiments, SAHA is administered in combination with Pemetrexed and optionally Cisplatin, e.g., for treatment of NSCLC or for treatment of solid tumors.
Accordingly, in one aspect of the present invention, a method of treating a solid tumor in a subject in need thereof is provided, comprising administering to the subject: i) SAHA (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid), represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000006_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof; and ii) L-glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2- amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein the SAHA and the L-glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl, or ■ pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates thereof, are administered in amounts effective for treating the tumor.
In one embodiment, SAHA (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid) and Pemetrexed (N-[4- [2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl) disodium salt, heptahydrate) are administered. In another embodiment, SAHA is administered orally and Pemetrexed is administered intravenously as a 10 minute infusion. Preferably, Pemetrexed is administered at a dose of about 500 mg/m2.
In another embodiment of the present invention, Pemetrexed is administered once daily at a dose of about 500 mg/m2 for at least one treatment period of 1 out of 21 days. In other embodiments, SAHA is first administered, followed by the Pemetrexed. Preferably, Pemetrexed is administered two days after the first day of administration of SAHA.
In the context of the present invention, the subject can be treated with one or more adjunctive agents that reduce or eliminate hypersensitivity reactions before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed, such as one or more of dexamethasone, folic acid, and Vitamin B12 before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed. In certain embodiments, the subject is treated with (i) 2-25 mg of dexamethasone orally on the day before, the day of, and the day after administration of Pemetrexed; (ii) 400-1000 μg of folic acid orally daily, during a period starting 7 days before administration of Pemetrexed, throughout at least one treatment period, and for 21 days after the last administration of Pemetrexed; and (iii) 1000 μg of Vitamin Bi2 intramuscularly 1 week before the first administration of SAHA in a treatment period and, where the total treatment period comprises three or more treatment periods of 21 days, the 1000 μg of Vitamin B12 is administered every 63 days during the total treatment period.
In another embodiment of the present invention, SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 300 mg or 400 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days. In another embodiment, SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 400 mg for at least one treatment period of 14 out of 21 days. In yet another embodiment, SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 400 mg for at least one treatment period continuously.
The present invention also contemplates administration of SAHA once daily at a dose of about 300 mg, about 400 mg, or about 500 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days. SAHA can also be administered once daily at a dose of about 600 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days or once daily at a dose of about 700 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days. Alternatively, SAHA can also be administered once daily at a dose of about 800 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days. In another embodiment, SAHA is administered twice daily at about 200 mg per dose for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days. SAHA can be administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for one week, followed by a two-week rest period, or for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for two weeks, followed by a one-week rest period. In other embodiments, SAHA can be administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days, wherein the administration is repeated weekly.
In another embodiment of the present invention, SAHA is administered twice daily at about 300 mg per dose for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days. SAHA can be administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for one week, followed by a two-week rest period, or for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for two weeks, followed by a one-week rest period. In other embodiments, SAHA is administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days, wherein the administration is repeated weekly. SAHA can be administered at a total daily dose of up to 300 mg, and the Pemetrexed is administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m2. SAHA can also be administered at a total daily dose of up to 400 mg, and the Pemetrexed is administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m . Alternatively, SAHA is administered at a total daily dose of up to 600 mg, and the Pemetrexed is administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m2.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising: i) suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000007_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof and ii) L-glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2- amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, and optionally one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
The composition can be formulated for oral or intravenous administration. Where the composition is formulated for oral administration, the composition can comprise one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients comprising microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, and magnesium stearate. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises: i) SAHA (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid) and ii) Pemetrexed (L-glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl) disodium salt, heptahydrate). Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention pertains. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice of the present invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. AU publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety. In cases of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples described herein are illustrative only and are not intended to be limiting.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from and are encompassed by the following detailed description and claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
It has been unexpectedly discovered that a combination treatment procedure that includes administration of an HDAC inhibitor, as described herein, and one or more anticancer agents, as described herein, can provide improved therapeutic effects. Each of the treatments (administration of an HDAC inhibitor and administration of the one or more anticancer agents) is used to provide a therapeutically effective treatment.
The present invention relates to a method of treating cancer or other disease, in a subject in need thereof, by administering to a subject in need thereof an amount of an HDAC inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, in a treatment procedure, and an amount of one or more anti-cancer agents (e.g., tyrosine kinase inhibitors, alkylating agents, antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents, plant-derived agents, and adjunctive agents) in another treatment procedure, wherein the amounts together comprise a therapeutically effective amount. The cancer treatment effect of the HDAC inhibitor and the one or more anti-cancer agents may be, e.g., additive or synergistic. The invention further relates to a method of treating cancer or other disease, in a subject in need thereof, by administering to a subject in need thereof an amount of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, in a treatment procedure, and an amount of one or more anti-cancer agents (e.g., tyrosine kinase inhibitors, alkylating agents, antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents, plant- derived agents, and adjunctive agents) in another treatment procedure, wherein the amounts can comprise a therapeutically effective amount. The effect of SAHA and the one or more anti-cancer agents can be, e.g., additive or synergistic.
In one aspect, the method comprises administering to a patient in need thereof a first amount of a histone deacetylase inhibitor, e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, in a first treatment procedure, and another amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed. The method may optionally include administration of a third anticancer agent, e.g., Cisplatin, and optionally a fourth anti-cancer agent. The invention further relates to pharmaceutical combinations useful for the treatment of cancer or other disease. In one aspect, the pharmaceutical combination comprises a first amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof (and optionally a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., Cisplatin and/or fourth anti-cancer agent). The first and second (and optional third and/or fourth amounts) can comprise a therapeutically effective amount.
The invention further relates to the use of an amount of an HDAC inhibitor and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, (and optionally an amount of a third and/or fourth anticancer agent) for the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of cancer or other disease. In one aspect, the medicament comprises a first amount of an HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof and an amount of a second anti-cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof (and optionally a third anti-cancer agent, e.g., Cisplatin, and/or fourth anti-cancer agent).
The combination therapy of the invention provides a therapeutic advantage in view of the differential toxicity associated with the two treatment modalities. For example, treatment with HDAC inhibitors can lead to a particular toxicity that is not seen with the anti-cancer agent, and vice versa. As such, this differential toxicity can permit each treatment to be administered at a dose at which said toxicities do not exist or are minimal, such that together the combination therapy provides a therapeutic dose while avoiding the toxicities of each of the constituents of the combination agents. Furthermore, when the therapeutic effects achieved as a result of the combination treatment are enhanced or synergistic, for example, significantly better than additive therapeutic effects, the doses of each of the agents can be reduced even further, thus lowering the associated toxicities to an even greater extent.
Definitions
The term "treating" in its various grammatical forms in relation to the present invention refers to preventing (i.e. chemoprevention), curing, reversing, attenuating, alleviating, minimizing, suppressing or halting the deleterious effects of a disease state, disease progression, disease causative agent (e.g., bacteria or viruses) or other abnormal condition. For example, treatment may involve alleviating a symptom (i.e., not necessarily all symptoms) of a disease or attenuating the progression of a disease. Because some of the inventive methods involve the physical removal of the etiological agent, the artisan will recognize that they are equally effective in situations where the inventive compound is administered prior to, or simultaneous with, exposure to the etiological agent (prophylactic treatment) and situations where the inventive compounds are administered after (even well after) exposure to the etiological agent.
Treatment of cancer, as used herein, refers to partially or totally inhibiting, delaying or preventing the progression of cancer including cancer metastasis; inhibiting, delaying or preventing the recurrence of cancer including cancer metastasis; or preventing the onset or development of cancer (chemoprevention) in a mammal, for example a human. In addition, the method of the present invention is intended for the treatment of chemoprevention of human patients with cancer. However, it is also likely that the method would be effective in the treatment of cancer in other mammals.
The "anti-cancer agents" of the invention encompass those described herein, including any pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates of such agents, or any free acids, free bases, or other free forms of such agents, and as non-limiting examples: A) Polar compounds (Marks et al. (1987); Friend, C, Scher, W., Holland, J. W., and Sato, T. (1971) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. (USA) 68: 378-382; Tanaka, M., Levy, J., Terada, M., Breslow, R., Rifkind, R. A., and Marks, P. A. (1975) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. (USA) 72: 1003-1006; Reuben, R. C, Wife, R. L., Breslow, R., Rifkind, R. A., and Marks, P. A. (1976) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. (USA) 73: 862-866); B) Derivatives of vitamin D and retinoic acid (Abe, E., Miyaura, C, Sakagami, H., Takeda, M., Konno, K., Yamazaki, T., Yoshika, S., and Suda, T. (1981) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. (USA) 78: 4990-4994; Schwartz, E. L., Snoddy, J. R., Kreutter, D.,
Rasmussen, H., and Sartorelli, A. C. (1983) Proc. Am. Assoc. Cancer Res. 24: 18; Tanenaga, K., Hozumi, M., and Sakagami, Y. (1980) Cancer Res. 40: 914-919); C) Steroid hormones (Lotem, J. and Sachs, L. (1975) Int. J. Cancer 15: 731-740); D) Growth factors (Sachs, L. (1978) Nature (Lond.) 21 A: 535, Metealf, D. (1985) Science, 229: 16-22); E) Proteases (Scher, W., Scher, B. M., and Waxman, S. (1983) Exp. Hematol 11: 490-498; Scher, W., Scher, B. M., and Waxman, S. (1982) Biochem. & Biophys. Res. Comm. 109: 348-354); F) Tumor promoters (Huberman, E. and Callaham, M. F. (1979) Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (USA) 16: 1293-1297; Lottem, J. and Sachs, L. (1979) Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (USA) 16: 5158-5162); and G) Inhibitors of DNA or RNA synthesis (Schwartz, E. L. and Sartorelli, A. C. (1982) Cancer Res. 42: 2651-2655, Terada, M., Epner, E., Nudel, U., Salmon, J., Fibach, E., Rifkind, R. A., and Marks, P. A. (1978) Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (USA) 75: 2795-2799; Morin, M. J. and Sartorelli, A. C. (1984) Cancer Res. 44: 2807-2812; Schwartz, E. L., Brown, B. J., Nierenberg, M., Marsh, J. C, and Sartorelli, A. C. (1983) Cancer Res. 43: 2725-2730; Sugano, H., Furusawa, M., Kawaguchi, T., and Ikawa, Y. (1973) Bibl. Hematol. 39: 943-954; Ebert, P. S., Wars, L, and Buell, D. N. (1976) Cancer Res. 36: 1809-1813; Hayashi, M., Okabe, J., and Hozumi, M. (1979) Gann 70: 235-238).
As used herein, the term "therapeutically effective amount" is intended to qualify the combined amount of treatments in the combination therapy. The combined amount will achieve the desired biological response. In the present invention, the desired biological response is partial or total inhibition, delay or prevention of the progression of cancer including cancer metastasis; inhibition, delay or prevention of the recurrence of cancer including cancer metastasis; or the prevention of the onset or development of cancer (chemoprevention) in a mammal, for example a human.
As used herein, the terms "combination treatment", "combination therapy", "combined treatment" or "combinatorial treatment", used interchangeably, refer to a treatment of an individual with at least two different therapeutic agents. According to one aspect of the invention, the individual is treated with a first therapeutic agent, e.g., SAHA or another HDAC inhibitor as described herein. The second therapeutic agent may be an antimetabolic agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, or may be any clinically established anti-cancer agent (such as another HDAC inhibitor, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, alkylating agent, antibiotic agent, plant-derived agent, or adjunctive agent) as defined herein. A combinatorial treatment may include a third or even further therapeutic agent. The combination treatments may be carried out consecutively or concurrently. A "retinoid" or "retinoid agent" (e.g., 3-methyl TTNEB) as used herein encompasses any synthetic, recombinant, or naturally-occurring compound that binds to one or more retinoid receptors, including any pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates of such agents, and any free acids, free bases, or other free forms of such agents. A "tyrosine kinase inhibitor" (e.g., Erlotinib) encompasses any synthetic, recombinant, or naturally occurring agent that binds to or otherwise decreases the activity or levels of one or more tyrosine kinases (e.g., receptor tyrosine kinases), including any pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates of such inhibitors, and any free acids, free bases, or other free forms of such inhibitors. Included are tyrosine kinase inhibitors that act on EGFR (ErbB-1 ; HER-I). Also included are tyrosine kinase inhibitors that act specifically on EGFR. Non-limiting examples of tyrosine kinases inhibitors are provided herein.
An "adjunctive agent" refers to any compound used to enhance the effectiveness of an anti-cancer agent or to prevent or treat conditions associated with an anti-cancer agent such as low blood counts, hypersensitivity reactions, neutropenia, anemia, thrombocytopenia, hypercalcemia, mucositis, bruising, bleeding, toxicity, fatigue, pain, nausea, and vomiting.
As recited herein, "HDAC inhibitor" (e.g., SAHA) encompasses any synthetic, recombinant, or naturally-occurring inhibitors, including any pharmaceutical salts or hydrates of such inhibitors, and any free acids, free bases, or other free forms of such inhibitors. "Hydroxamic acid derivative," as used herein, refers to the class of histone deacetylase inhibitors that are hydroxamic acid derivatives. Specific examples of inhibitors are provided herein.
"Patient" or "subject" as the terms are used herein, refer to the recipient of the treatment. Mammalian and non-mammalian patients are included. In a specific embodiment, the patient is a mammal, such as a human, canine, murine, feline, bovine, ovine, swine, or caprine. In a particular embodiment, the patient is a human.
The terms "intermittent" or "intermittently" as used herein means stopping and starting at either regular or irregular intervals.
The term "hydrate" includes but is not limited to hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate, and the like.
Histone Deacetylases and Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors
Histone deacetylases (HDACs) include enzymes that catalyze the removal of acetyl groups from lysine residues in the amino terminal tails of the nucleosomal core histones. As such, HDACs together with histone acetyl transferases (HATs) regulate the acetylation status of histones. Histone acetylation affects gene expression and inhibitors of HDACs, such as the hydroxamic acid-based hybrid polar compound suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) induce growth arrest, differentiation, and/or apoptosis of transformed cells in vitro and inhibit tumor growth in vivo.
HDACs can be divided into three classes based on structural homology. Class I HDACs (HDACs I5 2, 3, and 8) bear similarity to the yeast RPD3 protein, are located in the nucleus and are found in complexes associated with transcriptional co-repressors. Class II HDACs (HDACs 4, 5, 6, 7, and 9) are similar to the yeast HDAl protein, and have both nuclear and cytoplasmic subcellular localization. Both Class I and II HDACs are inhibited by hydroxamic acid-based HDAC inhibitors, such as SAHA. Class III HDACs form a structurally distant class of NAD dependent enzymes that are related to the yeast SIR2 proteins and are not inhibited by hydroxamic acid-based HDAC inhibitors.
Histone deacetylase inhibitors or HDAC inhibitors are compounds that are capable of inhibiting the deacetylation of histones in vivo, in vitro or both. As such, HDAC inhibitors inhibit the activity of at least one histone deacetylase. As a result of inhibiting the deacetylation of at least one histone, an increase in acetylated histone occurs and accumulation of acetylated histone is a suitable biological marker for assessing the activity of HDAC inhibitors. Therefore, procedures that can assay for the accumulation of acetylated histones can be used to determine the HDAC inhibitory activity of compounds of interest. It is understood that compounds that can inhibit histone deacetylase activity can also bind to other substrates and as such can inhibit other biologically active molecules such as enzymes. It is also to be understood that the compounds of the present invention are capable of inhibiting any of the histone deacetylases set forth above, or any other histone deacetylases. For example, in patients receiving HDAC inhibitors, the accumulation of acetylated histones in peripheral mononuclear cells as well as in tissue treated with HDAC inhibitors can be determined against a suitable control.
HDAC inhibitory activity of a particular compound can be determined in vitro using, for example, an enzymatic assay which shows inhibition of at least one histone deacetylase. Further, determination of the accumulation of acetylated histones in cells treated with a particular composition can be determinative of the HDAC inhibitory activity of a compound.
Assays for the accumulation of acetylated histones are well known in the literature. See, for example, Marks, P.A. et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 92:1210-1215, 2000, Butler, L.M. et al., Cancer Res. 60:5165-5170 (2000), Richon, V. M. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL, USA,
95:3003-3007, 1998, and Yoshida, M. et al, J Biol. Chem., 265:17174-17179, 1990.
For example, an enzymatic assay to determine the activity of an HDAC inhibitor compound can be conducted as follows. Briefly, the effect of an HDAC inhibitor compound on affinity purified human epitope-tagged (Flag) HDACl can be assayed by incubating the enzyme preparation in the absence of substrate on ice for about 20 minutes with the indicated amount of inhibitor compound. Substrate ([3H]acetyl-labeled murine erythroleukemia cell- derived histone) can be added and the sample can be incubated for 20 minutes at 37°C in a total volume of 30 μL. The reaction can then be stopped and released acetate can be extracted and the amount of radioactivity release determined by scintillation counting. An alternative assay useful for determining the activity of an HDAC inhibitor compound is the "HDAC Fluorescent Activity Assay; Drug Discovery Kit-AK-500" available from BIOMOL® Research Laboratories, hie, Plymouth Meeting, PA.
In vivo studies can be conducted as follows. Animals, for example, mice, can be injected intraperitoneally with an HDAC inhibitor compound. Selected tissues, for example, brain, spleen, liver etc, can be isolated at predetermined times, post administration. Histones can be isolated from tissues essentially as described by Yoshida et al., J. Biol. Chem. 265:17174-17179, 1990. Equal amounts of histones (about 1 μg) can be electrophoresed on 15% SDS-polyacrylamide gels and can be transferred to Hybond-P filters (available from Amersham). Filters can be blocked with 3% milk and can be probed with a rabbit purified polyclonal anti-acetylated histone H4 antibody (ocAc-H4) and anti-acetylated histone H3 antibody (αAc-H3) (Upstate Biotechnology, Inc.). Levels of acetylated histone can be visualized using a horseradish peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-rabbit antibody (1:5000) and the SuperSignal chemiluminescent substrate (Pierce). As a loading control for the histone protein, parallel gels can be run and stained with Coomassie Blue (CB).
In addition, hydroxamic acid-based HDAC inhibitors have been shown to up regulate the expression of the P21WAFI gene. The p21wAFi protein is induced within 2 hours of culture with HDAC inhibitors in a variety of transformed cells using standard methods. The induction of the P21WAFI gene is associated with accumulation of acetylated histones in the chromatin region of this gene. Induction of P21WAFI can therefore be recognized as involved in the Gl cell cycle arrest caused by HDAC inhibitors in transformed cells.
U.S. Patent Numbers 5,369,108, 5,932,616, 5,700,811, 6,087,367 and 6,511,990, issued to some of the present inventors, disclose compounds useful for selectively inducing terminal differentiation of neoplastic cells, which compounds have two polar end groups separated by a tlexible chain of methylene groups or a by a rigid phenyl group, wherein one or both of the polar end groups is a large hydrophobic group. Some of the compounds have an additional large hydrophobic group at the same end of the molecule as the first hydrophobic group which further increases differentiation activity about 100 fold in an enzymatic assay and about 50 fold in a cell differentiation assay. Methods of synthesizing the compounds used in the methods and pharmaceutical compositions of this invention are fully described the aforementioned patents, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Thus, the present invention includes within its broad scope compositions comprising HDAC inhibitors which are 1) hydroxamic acid derivatives; 2) Short-Chain Fatty Acids (SCFAs); 3) cyclic tetrapeptides; 4) benzamides; 5) electrophilic ketones; and/or any other class of compounds capable of inhibiting histone deacetylases, for use in inhibiting histone deacetylase, inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis in neoplastic cells, and/or inducing differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis of tumor cells in a tumor.
Non-limiting examples of such HDAC inhibitors are set forth below. It is understood that the present invention includes any salts, crystal structures, amorphous structures, hydrates, derivatives, metabolites, stereoisomers, structural isomers, and prodrugs of the HDAC inhibitors described herein. A. Hydroxamic Acid Derivatives such as Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA)
(Richon et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA 95,3003-3007 (1998)); m-Carboxycinnamic acid bishydroxamide (CBHA) (Richon et al., supra); Pyroxamide; Trichostatin analogues such as Trichostatin A (TSA) and Trichostatin C (Koghe et al. 1998. Biochem. Pharmacol. 56: 1359- 1364); Salicylbishydroxamic acid (Andrews et al., InternationalJ. Parasitology 30,761-768 (2000)); Suberoyl bishydroxamic acid (SBHA) (U.S. Patent No. 5,608,108); Azelaic bishydroxamic acid (ABHA) (Andrews et al., supra); Azelaic- l-hydroxamate-9-anilide (AAHA) (Qiu et al, MoI. Biol. CeIl U, 2069-2083 (2000)); 6-(3-Chlorophenylureido) carpoic hydroxamic acid (3C1-UCHA); Oxamflatin [(2E)-5-[3-[(phenylsufonyl) aminol phenyl]-pent-2-en-4-ynohydroxamic acid] (Kim et al. Oncogene, 18: 2461 2470 (1999)); A- 161906, Scriptaid (Su et al. 2000 Cancer Research, 60: 3137-3142); PXD-101 (Prolifix); LAQ-824; CHAP; MW2796 (Andrews et al., supra); MW2996 (Andrews et al., supra); or any of the hydroxamic acids disclosed in U.S. Patent Numbers 5,369,108, 5,932,616, 5,700,811, 6,087,367, and 6,511,990.
B. Cyclic Tetrapeptides such as Trapoxin A (TPX)-cyclic tetrapeptide (cyclo-(L- phenylalanyl-L-phenylalanyl-JL)-pipecoimyl-L-2-amino-8-oxo-9, 10-epoxy decanoyl)) (Kijima et al., J. Biol. Client. 268, 22429-22435 (1993)); FR901228 (FK 228, depsipeptide) (Nakajima et al, Ex. Cell Res. 241,126-133 (1998)); FR225497 cyclic tetrapeptide (H. Mori et al, PCT Application WO 00/08048 (17 February 2000)); Apicidin cyclic tetrapeptide [cyclo(N-0-methyl-L-tryptophanyl-L-isoleucinyl-D-piρecolinyl-L-2-amino-8-oxodecanoyl)] (Darkin-Rattray et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA 93,13143-13147 (1996)); Apicidin Ia, Apicidin Ib, Apicidin Ic5 Apicidin Ha, and Apicidin lib (P. Dulski et al., PCT Application WO 97/11366); CHAP, HC-toxin cyclic tetrapeptide (Bosch et al, Plant Cell 7, 1941-1950 (1995)); WF27082 cyclic tetrapeptide (PCT Application WO 98/48825); and Chlamydocin (Bosch et al , supra) .
C. Short chain fatty acid (SCFA) derivatives such as: Sodium Butyrate (Cousens et al, J. Biol. Chem. 254,1716-1723 (1979)); Isovalerate (McBain et al, Biochem. Pharm. 53: 1357-1368 (1997)); Valerate (McBain et al, supra); 4-Phenylbutyrate (4-PBA) (Lea and Tulsyan, Anticancer Research, 15,879-873 (1995)); Phenylbutyrate (PB) (Wang et al, Cancer Research, 59, 2766-2799 (1999)); Propionate (McBain et al, supra); Butyramide (Lea and Tulsyan, supra); Isobutyramide (Lea and Tulsyan, supra); Phenylacetate (Lea and Tulsyan, supra); 3-Bromopropionate (Lea and Tulsyan, supra); Tributyrin (Guan et al, Cancer Research, 60,749-755 (2000)); Valproic acid, Valproate, and Pivanex™.
D. Benzamide derivatives such as CI-994; MS-275 [N- (2-aminophenyl)-4-[N- (pyridin-3-yl methoxycarbonyl) aminomethyl] benzamide] (Saito et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA 96, 4592-4597 (1999)); and 3'-amino derivative of MS-275 (Saito et al, supra).
E. EIectrophilic ketone derivatives such as Trifluoromethyl ketones (Frey et al, Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Lett (2002), 12, 3443-3447; U.S. 6,511,990) and α-keto amides such as N-methyl- α-ketoamides. F. Other HDAC Inhibitors such as natural products, psammaplins, and Depudecin
(Kwon et al. 1998. PNAS 95: 3356-3361).
Hydroxamic acid based HDAC inhibitors include suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), m-carboxycinnamic acid bishydroxamate (CBHA) and pyroxamide. SAHA has been shown to bind directly in the catalytic pocket of the histone deacetylase enzyme. SAHA induces cell cycle arrest, differentiation, and/or apoptosis of transformed cells in culture and inhibits tumor growth in rodents. SAHA is effective at inducing these effects in both solid tumors and hematological cancers. It has been shown that SAHA is effective at inhibiting tumor growth in animals with no toxicity to the animal. The SAHA-induced inhibition of tumor growth is associated with an accumulation of acetylated histones in the tumor. SAHA is effective at inhibiting the development and continued growth of carcinogen-induced (N- methylnitrosourea) mammary tumors in rats. SAHA was administered to the rats in their diet over the 130 days of the study. Thus, SAHA is a nontoxic, orally active antitumor agent whose mechanism of action involves the inhibition of histone deacetylase activity.
HDAC inhibitors include those disclosed in U.S. Patent Numbers 5,369,108, 5,932,616, 5,700,811, 6,087,367, and 6,511,990, issued to some of the present inventors disclose compounds, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference, non- limiting examples of which are set forth below: Specific HDAC inhibitors include suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA; N-
Hydroxy-iV'-phenyl octanediamide), which is represented by the following structural formula:
Figure imgf000017_0001
Other examples of such compounds and other HDAC inhibitors can be found in U.S. Patent No. 5,369,108, issued on November 29, 1994, U.S. Patent No. 5,700,811, issued on December 23, 1997, U.S. Patent No. 5,773,474, issued on June 30, 1998, U.S. Patent No. 5,932,616, issued on August 3, 1999 and U.S. Patent No. 6,511,990, issued January 28, 2003, all to Breslow et al; U.S. Patent No. 5,055,608, issued on October 8, 1991, U.S. Patent No. 5,175,191, issued on December 29, 1992 and U.S. Patent No. 5,608,108, issued on March 4, 1997, all to Marks et al; as well as Yoshida, M., et al, Bioassays 17, 423-430
(1995); Saito, A., et al, PNAS USA 96, 4592-4597, (1999); Furamai R. et al, PNAS USA 98 (1), 87-92 (2001); Komatsu, Y., et al, Cancer Res. 61(11), 4459-4466 (2001); Su, G.H., et al, Cancer Res. 60, 3137-3142 (2000); Lee, B.I. et al, Cancer Res. 61(3), 931-934; Suzuki, T., et al, J. Med. Chem. 42(15), 3001-3003 (1999); published PCT Application WO 01/18171 published on March 15, 2001 to Sloan-Kettering Institute for Cancer Research and The Trustees of Columbia University; published PCT Application WO 02/246144 to Hoffmann-La Roche; published PCT Application WO 02/22577 to Novartis; published PCT Application WO 02/30879 to Prolifix; published PCT Applications WO 01/38322 (published May 31, 2001), WO 01/70675 (published on September 27, 2001) and WO 00/71703 (published on November 30, 2000) all to Methylgene, Inc.; published PCT Application WO 00/21979 published on October 8, 1999 to Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.; published PCT Application WO 98/40080 published on March 11, 1998 to Beacon Laboratories, L.L.C.; and Curtin M. (Current patent status of HDAC inhibitors Expert Opin. Ther. Patents (2002) 12(9): 1375-1384 and references cited therein).
SAHA or any of the other HDACs can be synthesized according to the methods outlined in the Experimental Details Section, or according to the method set forth in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,369,108, 5,700,811, 5,932,616 and 6,511,990, the contents of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety, or according to any other method known to a person skilled in the art.
Specific non-limiting examples of HDAC inhibitors are provided in the Table below. It should be noted that the present invention encompasses any compounds which are structurally similar to the compounds represented below, and which are capable of inhibiting histone deacetylases.
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
Stereochemistry
Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms having the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active, compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these compounds, called stereoisomers, are identical except that they are non- superimposable mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture.
Many of the compounds described herein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist in different enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can be designated with an asterisk (*). When bonds to the chiral carbon are depicted as straight lines in the formulas of the invention, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and hence both enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula. As is used in the art, when it is desired to specify the absolute configuration about a chiral carbon, one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane). The Cahn-Inglod-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.
When the HDAC inhibitors of the present invention contain one chiral center, the compounds exist in two enantiomeric forms and the present invention includes both enantiomers and mixtures of enantiomers, such as the specific 50:50 mixture referred to as a racemic mixture. The enantiomers can be resolved by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example by formation of diastereoisomeric salts which may be separated, for example, by crystallization (see, CRC Handbook of Optical Resolutions via Diastereomeric Salt Formation by David Kozma (CRC Press, 2001)); formation of diastereoisomeric derivatives or complexes which may be separated, for example, by crystallization, gas-liquid or liquid chromatography; selective reaction of one enantiomer with an enantiomer-specific reagent, for example enzymatic esterification; or gas-liquid or liquid chromatography in a chiral environment, for example on a chiral support for example silica with a bound chiral ligand or in the presence of a chiral solvent. It will be appreciated that where the desired enantiomer is converted into another chemical entity by one of the separation procedures described above, a further step is required to liberate the desired enantiomeric form. Alternatively, specific enantiomers may be synthesized by asymmetric synthesis using optically active reagents, substrates, catalysts or solvents, or by converting one enantiomer into the other by asymmetric transformation.
Designation of a specific absolute configuration at a chiral carbon of the compounds of the invention is understood to mean that the designated enantiomeric form of the compounds is in enantiomeric excess (ee) or in other words is substantially free from the other enantiomer. For example, the "R" forms of the compounds are substantially free from the "S" forms of the compounds and are, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the "S" forms. Conversely, "S" forms of the compounds are substantially free of "R" forms of the compounds and are, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the "R" forms. Enantiomeric excess, as used herein, is the presence of a particular enantiomer at greater than 50%. For example, the enantiomeric excess can be about 60% or more, such as about 70% or more, for example about 80% or more, such as about 90% or more. In a particular embodiment when a specific absolute configuration is designated, the enantiomeric excess of depicted compounds is at least about 90%. hi a more particular embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of the compounds is at least about 95%, such as at least about 97.5%, for example, at least 99% enantiomeric excess.
When a compound of the present invention has two or more chiral carbons it can have more than two optical isomers and can exist in diastereoisomeric forms. For example, when there are two chiral carbons, the compound can have up to 4 optical isomers and 2 pairs of enantiomers ((S,S)/(R,R) and (R,S)/(S,R)). The pairs of enantiomers (e.g., (S,S)/(R,R)) are mirror image stereoisomers of one another. The stereoisomers which are not mirror-images (e.g., (S,S) and (R5S)) are diastereomers. The diastereoisomeric pairs may be separated by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example chromatography or crystallization and the individual enantiomers within each pair may be separated as described above. The present invention includes each diastereoisomer of such compounds and mixtures thereof. As used herein, "a," an" and "the" include singular and plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "an active agent" or "a pharmacologically active agent" includes a single active agent as well a two or more different active agents in combination, reference to "a carrier" includes mixtures of two or more carriers as well as a single carrier, and the like.
This invention is also intended to encompass pro-drugs of the HDAC inhibitors disclosed herein. A prodrug of any of the compounds can be made using well known pharmacological techniques.
This invention, in addition to the above listed compounds, is intended to encompass the use of homologs and analogs of such compounds. In this context, homologs are molecules having substantial structural similarities to the above-described compounds and analogs are molecules having substantial biological similarities regardless of structural similarities.
Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and Other Therapies
Recent developments have introduced, in addition to the traditional cytotoxic and hormonal therapies used to treat cancer, additional therapies for the treatment of cancer. For example, many forms of gene therapy are undergoing preclinical or clinical trials. In addition, approaches are currently under development that are based on the inhibition of tumor vascularization (angiogenesis). The aim of this concept is to cut off the tumor from nutrition and oxygen supply provided by a newly built tumor vascular system. In addition, cancer therapy is also being attempted by the induction of terminal differentiation of the neoplastic cells. Suitable differentiation agents include the compounds disclosed in any one or more of the following references, the contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.
A) Polar compounds (Marks et al. (1987); , Friend, C, Scher, W., Holland, J. W., and Sato, T. (1971) Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (USA) 68: 378-382; Tanaka, M., Levy, J., Terada, M., Breslow, R., Rifkind, R. A., and Marks, P. A. (1975) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. (USA) 72: 1003- 1006; Reuben, R. C, Wife, R. L., Breslow, R., Rifkind, R. A., and Marks, P. A. (1976) Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (USA) 73: 862-866); B) Derivatives of vitamin D and retinoic acid (Abe, E., Miyaura, C, Sakagami, H., Takeda, M., Konno, K., Yamazaki, T., Yoshika, S., and Suda, T. (1981) Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (USA) 78: 4990-4994; Schwartz, E. L., Snoddy, J. R., Kreutter, D., Rasmussen, H., and Sartorelli, A. C. (1983) Proc. Am. Assoc. Cancer Res. 24: 18;
Tanenaga, K., Hozumi, M., and Sakagami, Y. (1980) Cancer Res. 40: 914-919); C) Steroid Hormones (JLotem, J. and Sachs, L. (1975) Int. J. Cancer 15: 731-740); D) Growth factors (Sachs, L. (1978) Nature (Lond.) 274: 535, Metcalf, D. (1985) Science, 229: 16-22); E) Proteases (Scher, W., Scher, B. M., and Waxman, S. (1983) Exp. Hematol. 11: 490-498; Scher, W., Scher, B. M., and Waxman, S. (1982) Biochem. & Biophys. Res. Comm. 109: 348- 354); F) Tumor promoters (Huberman, E. and Callaham, M. F. (1979) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. (USA) 16: 1293-1297; Lottem, J. and Sachs, L. (1979) Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (USA) 76: 5158- 5162); and G) Inhibitors of DNA or RNA synthesis (Schwartz, E. L. and Sartorelli, A. C. (1982) Cancer Res. 42: 2651-2655, Terada, M., Epner, E., Nudel, U., Salmon, J., Fibach, E., Rifkind, R. A., and Marks, P. A. (1978) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd. (USA) 75: 2795-2799; Morin, M. J. and Sartorelli, A. C. (1984) Cancer Res. 44: 2807-2812; Schwartz, E. L., Brown, B. J., Nierenberg, M., Marsh, J. C, and Sartorelli, A. C. (1983) Cancer Res. 43: 2725-2730; Sugano, H., Furusawa, M., Kawaguchi, T., and Ikawa, Y. (1973) BiU. Hematol 39: 943-954; Ebert, P. S., Wars, L, and Buell, D. N. (1976) Cancer Res. 36: 1809-1813; Hayashi, M., Okabe, J., and Hozumi, M. (1979) Gann 70: 235-238), Tyrosine kinase inhibitors for use with the invention include all natural, recombinant, and synthetic agents that decrease the activity or levels of one or more tyrosine kinases (for example, receptor tyrosine kinases), e.g., EGFR (ErbB-1; HER-I), HER-2/neu (ErbB-2), HER-3 (ErbB-3), HER-4 (ErbB-4), discoidin domain receptor (DDR), ephrin receptor (EPHR), fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR), hepatocyte growth factor receptor (HGFR), insulin receptor (INSR), leukocytetyrosine kinase (Ltk/Alk), muscle-specific kinase (Musk), transforming growth factor receptor (e.g., TGFβ-RI and TGFβ-RII), platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR), and vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFR). Inhibitors include endogenous or modified ligands for receptor tyrosine kinases such as epidermal growth factors (e.g., EGF), nerve growth factors (e.g., NGFα, NGFβ, NGFγ), heregulins (e.g., HRGα, HRGβ), transforming growth factors (e.g., TGFα, TGFβ), epiregulins (e.g., EP), amphiregulins (e.g., AR), betacellulins (e.g., BTC), heparin-binding EGF-like growth factors (e.g., HB-EGF), neuregulins (e.g., NRG-I, NRG-2, NRG-4, NRG-4, also called glial growth factors), acetycholine receptor-inducing activity (ARIA), and sensory motor neuron-derived growth factors (SMDGF). Other inhibitors include DMPQ (5,7-dimethoxy-3-(4-pyridinyl)qumoline dihydrochloride), Aminogenistein (4'-amino-6-hydroxyflavone), Erbstatin analog (2,5- dihydroxymethylcinnamate, methyl 2,5-dihydroxycinnamate), hnatinib (Gleevec ™' Glivec ™; STI-571; 4-[(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-N-[4-methyl-3-[[4-(3-pyridinyl)-2- yrimidinyl] amino] -phenyl]benzamide methanesulfonate), LFM-Al 3 (2-Cyano-N-(2,5- dibromόphenyl)-3-hydroxy-2-butenamide), PD153035 (ZM 252868; 4-[(3- bromophenyl)amino]-6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline hydrochloride), Piceatannol (trans-3,3',4,5'- tetrahydroxystilbene, 4-[(lE)-2-(3,5-dihydroxvphenyl)ethenyl]-l,2-benzenediol), PPl (4- amino-5-(4-methylphenyl)-7-(t-butyl)pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine), PP2 (4-amino-5-(4- chlorophenyl)-7-(t-butyl)ρyrazolo [354,d]pyrimidine), Pertuzumab (Omnitarg™; rhuMAb2C4), SU4312 (3-[[4-(dimethylamino) phenyl]methylene]-l,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2- one), SU6656 (2,3-dihydro-N,N-dimethyl-2-oxo-3-[(4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-indol-2- yl)methylene]-lH-indole-5-sulfonamide), Bevacizumab (Avastin®; rhuMAb VEGF), Semaxanib (SU5416), SU6668 (Sugen, Inc.), and ZD6126 (Angiogene Pharmaceuticals). Included are inhibitors of EGFR, e.g., Cetuximab (Erbitux; 1MC-C225; MoAb C225) and Gefitinib (IRESSA™; ZD1839; ZD1839; 4-(3-chloro-4-fluoroanilino)-7-methoxy-6-(3- moφholino propoxy)quinazoline), ZD6474 (AZD6474), , and EMD-72000 (Matuzumab), Panitumab (ABX-EGF; MoAb ABX-EGF), ICR-62 (MoAb ICR-62), CI-1033 (PDl 83805; N-[-4-[(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]-7-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propoxy]-6-quinazolinyl]-2- propenamide), Lapatinib (GW572016), AEE788 (pyrrolo-pyrimidine; Novartis), EKB-569 (Wyeth-Ayerst), and EXEL 7647/EXEL 09999 (EXELIS). Also included are Erlotinib and derivatives, e.g., Tarceva®; NSC 718781, CP-358774, OSI-774, R1415; N-(3- ethynylphenyl)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)-4-quinazolinamine, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000024_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates thereof (e.g., methanesulfonate salt, monohydrochloride).
Agents useful for the treatment of lung cancer (e.g., NSCLC) include the above- referenced inhibitors, as well as Pemetrexed (Alimta®), Bortezomib (Velcade®), Tipifarnib, Lonafamib, BMS214662, Prinomastat, BMS275291, Neovastat, ISIS3521 (Affmitak™;
LY900003), ISIS 5132, Oblimersen (Genasense®; G3139), and Carboxyamidotriazole (CAI) (see, e.g., Isobe T, et al, Semin. Oncol. 32:315-328, 2005).
Other agents may also be useful for use with the present invention, for example, for adjunct therapies. Such adjunctive agents can be used to enhance the effectiveness of anti- cancer agents or to prevent or treat conditions associated with anti-cancer agents such as low blood counts, neutropenia, anemia, thrombocytopenia, hypercalcemia, mucositis, bruising, bleeding, toxicity (e.g., Leucovorin), fatigue, pain, nausea, and vomiting. Agents include epoetin alpha (e.g., Procrit®, Epogen®) for stimulating red blood cell production, G-CSF (granulocyte colony-stimulating factor; filgrastim, e.g., Neupogen®) for stimulating neutrophil production, GM-CSF (granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor) for stimulating production of several white blood cells, including macrophages, and IL-11 (interleukin-11, e.g., Neumega®) for stimulating production of platelets.
Leucovorin (e.g., Leucovorin calcium, Roxane Laboratories, Inc., Columbus, OH) is useful as an antidote to drugs which act as folic acid antagonists. Leucovorin calcium is used to reduce the toxicity and counteract the effects of impaired methotrexate elimination and of inadvertent overdose of folic acid antagonists. Following administration, Leucovorin is absorbed and enters the general body pool of reduced folates. The increase in plasma and serum folate activity seen after administration of Leucovorin is predominantly due to 5- methyltetrahydrofolate. Leucovorin does not require reduction by the enzyme dihydrofolate reductase in order to participate in reactions utilizing folates. Leucovorin calcium is the calcium salt of N-[4-[[(2-amino-5-formyl-l,4,5,6,7,8-hexahydro-4-oxo-6- pteridinyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000025_0001
Alkylating Agents
Examples of alkylating agents include, but are not limited to, bischloroethylamines (nitrogen mustards, e.g., Chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Ifosfamide, Mechlorethamine, Melphalan, uracil mustard), aziridines (e.g., Thiotepa), alkyl alkone sulfonates (e.g., Busulfan), nitrosoureas (e.g., Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin), nonclassic alkylating agents (Altretamine, Dacarbazine, and Procarbazine), platinum compounds (Carboplastin and Cisplatin). These compounds react with phosphate, amino, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, carboxyl, and imidazole groups. Cisplatin (e.g., Platmol®-A(^, Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Princeton, NJ) is a heavy metal complex containing a central atom of platinum surrounded by two chloride atoms and two ammonia molecules in the cis position. The anticancer mechanism of Cisplatin is not clearly understood, but it is generally accepted that it acts through the formation of DNA adducts. Cisplatin is believed to bind to nuclear DNA and interfere with normal transcription and/or DNA replication mechanisms. Where Cisplatin-DNA adducts are not efficiently processed by cell machinery, this leads to cell death. Cells may die through apoptosis or necrosis, and both mechanisms may function within a population of tumor cells. The chemical name for Cisplatin is cis-diamminedichloroplatinum (e.g., cis- diamminedichloroplatinum (JI)), as represented by the structure:
H,N ^" "^ Cl
Cyclophosphamide (e.g., Cytoxan®, Baxter Healthcare Corp., Deerfield, IL) is chemically related to the nitrogen mustards. Cyclophosphamide is transformed to active alkylating metabolites by a mixed function microsomal oxidase system. These metabolites can interfere with the growth of rapidly proliferating malignant cells. The mechanism of action is thought to involve cross-linking of tumor cell DNA. The chemical name for Cyclophosphamide monohydrate available as Cytoxan® is 2-[bis(2- chloroethyl)amino]tetrahydro-2H-l,3,2-oxazaphosphorine 2-oxide monohydrate as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000026_0001
Oxaliplatin (e.g., Eloxatin™, Sanofi-Synthelabo, Inc., New York, NY) is an organoplatinum complex in which the platinum atom is complexed with 1,2- diaminocyclohexane (DACH) and with an oxalate ligand as a leaving group. Oxaliplatin undergoes nonenzymatic conversion in physiologic solutions to active derivatives which form inter- and intrastrand platinum-DNA crosslinks. Crosslinks are formed between the N7 positions of two adjacent guanines (GG), adjacent adenine-guanines (AG), and guanines separated by an intervening nucleotide (GNG). These crosslinks inhibit DNA replication and transcription in cancer and non-cancer cells. The chemical name for Oxaliplatin is cis-[(l R,2 i?)-l,2-cyciohexanediamme-i\ι,j.N'j Loxalato(2-)- 0,0'] platinum, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000027_0001
Under physiological conditions, these drugs ionize and produce positively charged ion that attach to susceptible nucleic acids and proteins, leading to cell cycle arrest and/or cell death. The alkylating agents are cell cycle phase nonspecific agents because they exert their activity independently of the specific phase of the cell cycle. The nitrogen mustards and alkyl alkone sulfonates are most effective against cells in the Gl or M phase. Nitrosoureas, nitrogen mustards, and aziridines impair progression from the Gl and S phases to the M phases. Chabner and Collins eds. (1990) "Cancer Chemotherapy: Principles and Practice", Philadelphia: JB Lippincott.
The alkylating agents are active against wide variety of neoplastic diseases, with significant activity in the treatment of leukemias and lymphomas as well as solid tumors. Clinically this group of drugs is routinely used in the treatment of acute and chronic leukemias; Hodgkin's disease; non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; multiple myeloma; primary brain tumors; carcinomas of the breast, ovaries, testes, lungs, bladder, cervix, head and neck, and malignant melanoma.
Antibiotic Agents Antibiotics (e.g., cytotoxic antibiotics) act by directly inhibiting DNA or RNA synthesis and are effective throughout the cell cycle. Examples of antibiotic agents include anthracyclines (e.g., Doxorubicin, Daunorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, and Anthracenedione), Mitomycin C, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Plicatomycin. These antibiotic agents interfere with cell growth by targeting different cellular components. For example, anthracyclines are generally believed to interfere with the action of DNA topoisomerase II in the regions of transcriptionally active DNA, which leads to DNA strand scissions.
Idarubicin (e.g., Idamycin PFS®, Pharmacia & Upjohn Co., Kalamazoo, MI) is a DNA-intercalating analog of daunorubicin which has an inhibitory effect on nucleic acid synthesis and interacts with the enzyme topoisomerase II. The chemical name for idarubicin hydrochloride is 5, 12-naphthacenedione, 9-acetyl-7-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-α-L-lyxo- hexopyranosyl)oxyJ-7,b,y,iU-tetranydro-6,9,ll-trihydroxyhydrochloride, (7 S-cis) as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000028_0001
Doxorubicin (e.g., Adriamycin®, Ben Venue Laboratories, Inc., Bedford, OH) is a cytotoxic anthracycline antibiotic isolated from cultures of Streptomyces peucetiiis var. caesius. Doxorubicin binds to nucleic acids, presumably by specific intercalation of the planar anthracycline nucleus with the DNA double helix. Doxorubicin consists of a naphthacenequinone nucleus linked through a glycosidic bond at ring atom 7 to an amino sugar, daunosamine. The chemical name for Doxorubicin hydrochloride is (8S,10S)-10-[(3- Ammo-2,3,6-trideoxy-a-L-lyxo-hexopyranosyl)-oxy]-8-glycoloyl-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,ll- trihydroxy-l-methoxy-5,12-naphthacenedione hydrochloride as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000028_0002
Bleomycin is generally believed to chelate iron and forms an activated complex, which then binds to bases of DNA, causing strand scissions and cell death. The antibiotic agents have been used as therapeutics across a range of neoplastic diseases, including carcinomas of the breast, lung, stomach and thyroids, lymphomas, myelogenous leukemias, myelomas, and sarcomas.
Antimetabolic Agents Antimetabolic agents (i.e., antimetabolites) are a group of drugs that interfere with metabolic processes vital to the physiology and proliferation of cancer cells. Actively proliferating cancer cells require continuous synthesis of large quantities of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, and other vital cellular constituents. Many of the antimetabolites inhibit the synthesis of purine or pyrimidine nucleosides or inhibit the enzymes of DNA replication. Some antimetabolites also interfere with the synthesis of ribonucleosides and RNA and/or amino acid metabolism and protein synthesis as well. By interfering with the synthesis of vital cellular constituents, antimetabolites can delay or arrest the growth of cancer cells. Antimitotic agents are included in this group. Examples of antimetabolic agents include, but are not limited to, Fluorouracil (5-FU), Floxuridine (5- FUdR), Methotrexate, Leucovorin, Hydroxyurea, Thioguanine (6-TG), Mercaptopurine (6- MP), Cytarabine, Pentostatin, Fludarabine Phosphate, Cladribine (2-CDA), Asparaginase, Gemcitabine, and Pemetrexed. Gemcitabine (e.g., Gemzar® HCl, Eli Lilly and Co., Indianapolis, IN) is a nucleoside analogue that exhibits antitumor activity. Gemcitabine exhibits cell phase specificity, primarily killing cells undergoing DNA synthesis (S-phase) and also blocking the progression of cells through the Gl/S-phase boundary. Gemcitabine is metabolized intracellularly by nucleoside kinases to the active diphosphate (dFdCDP) and triphosphate (dFdCTP) nucleosides. The cytotoxic effect of Gemcitabine is attributed to a combination of two actions of the diphosphate and the triphosphate nucleosides, which leads to inhibition of DNA synthesis. Gemcitabine induces internucleosomal DNA fragmentation, one of the characteristics of programmed cell death. The chemical name for Gemcitabine hydrochloride is 2'-deoxy-2',2'-difluorocytidine monohydrochloride (β-isomer) as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000029_0001
Bortezomib (e.g., Velcade®, Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cambridge, MA) is a modified dipeptidyl boronic acid. Bortezomib is a reversible inhibitor of the 26S proteasome in mammalian cells. Inhibition of the 26S proteasome prevents targeted proteolysis, which can affect multiple signaling cascades within the cell. This disruption of normal homeostatic mechanisms can lead to cell death. Experiments have demonstrated that Bortezomib is cytotoxic in vitro and causes a delay in cell growth in vivo. The chemical name for Bortezomib, the monomelic boronic acid, is [(lR)-3-methyl-l-[[(2S)-l-oxo-3-phenyl-2- [(pyrazinylcarbonyl)amino]propyl]amino]butyl] boronic acid, as represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000030_0001
Pemetrexed (e.g., Altima®, Eli Lilly and Co., Indianapolis, IN) is an antifolate agent that exerts its action by disrupting folate-dependent metabolic processes essential for cell replication. In vitro studies have shown that Pemetrexed inhibits thymidylate synthase (TS), dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), and glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase (GAPvFT), all folate-dependent enzymes involved in the de novo biosynthesis of thymidine and purine nucleotides. Pemetrexed disodium heptahydrate has the chemical name L- glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl]benzoyl]-, disodium salt, heptahydrate, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000030_0002
Azacitidine (e.g., Vidaza™, Pharmion Corp., Boulder, CO) is a pyrimidine nucleoside analog of cytidine which causes hypermethylation of DNA and direct cytotoxicity on abnormal hematopoietic cells in bone marrow. Hypermethylation may restore normal function to genes that are involved in differentiation and proliferation without causing major suppression of DNA synthesis. The cytotoxic effects of Azacitidine cause the death of rapidly dividing cells, including cells that are non longer sensitive to normal growth control mechanisms. The chemical name for Azacitidine is 4-amino-lβ-D-ribofuranosyl-s-trianzin- 2(lH)-one, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000031_0001
Flavopiridol (e.g., L86-8275; Alvocidib; Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Bridgewater, NJ) is a synthetic flavone that acts as an inhibitor of the cyclin-dependent kinases (CDKs). The activation of CDKs is required for transit of the cell between the different phases of the cell cycle, including Gl to S and G2 to M. Flavopiridol has been shown to block cell cycle progression at Gl-S and G2-M stages and to induce apoptosis in vitro. The chemical formula for Flavopiridol as found in Alvocidib is (-)-2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,7-dihydroxy-8-[(3R,4S)-3- hydroxy-l-methyl-4-piperidinyl]-4H-l-benzopyran-4-one hydrochloride, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000031_0002
Fluorouracil (e.g., Fluorouracil Injection, Gensia Sicor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Irvine, CA; Adrucil®, SP Pharmaceuticals, Albuquerque, NM) is a fluorinated pyrimidine. The metabolism of fluorouracil in the anabolic pathway may block the methylation reaction of deoxyuridylic acid to thymidylic acid. In this manner, fluorouracil can interfere with the synthesis of DNA and to a lesser extent inhibits the formation of ribonucleic acid (RNA).
Since DNA and RNA are essential for cell division and growth, the effect of fluorouracil may be to create a thymine deficiency which provokes unbalanced growth and death of the cell. The effects of DNA and RNA inhibition are most marked on those cells which grow more rapidly and which take up fluorouracil at a more rapid rate. The chemical formula for Fluorouracil is 5-fiuoro-2,4 (1 H,3 H)-pyrimidinedione, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000032_0001
Antimetabolic agents have widely been used to treat several common forms of cancer including carcinomas of colon, rectum, breast, liver, stomach and pancreas, malignant melanoma, acute and chronic leukemia and hairy cell leukemia.
Hormonal A∑ents
The hormonal agents are a group of drugs that regulate the growth and development of their target organs. Most of the hormonal agents are sex steroids and their derivatives and analogs thereof, such as estrogens, progestogens, anti-estrogens, androgens, anti-androgens and progestins. These hormonal agents may serve as antagonists of receptors for the sex steroids to down regulate receptor expression and transcription of vital genes. Examples of such hormonal agents are synthetic estrogens (e.g., Diethylstibestrol), antiestrogens (e.g., Tamoxifen, Toremifene, Fluoxymesterol, and Raloxifene), antiandrogens (e.g., Bicalutamide, Nilutamide, and Flutamide), aromatase inhibitors (e.g., Aminoglutethimide, Anastrozole, and Tetrazole), luteinizing hormone release hormone (LHRH) analogues, Ketoconazole, Goserelin Acetate, Leuprolide, Megestrol Acetate, and Mifepristone.
Prednisone (e.g., Deltasone®, Pharmacia & Upjohn Co., Kalamazoo, MI) is an adrenocortical steroid and a synthetic glucocorticoid which is readily absorbed in the gastrointestinal tract. Glucocorticoids modify the body's immune responses to diverse stimuli. Synthetic glucocorticoids are primarily used for their anti-inflammatory effects and management of leukemias and lymphomas, and other hematological disorders such as thrombocytopenia, erythroblastopenia, and anemia. The chemical name for Prednisone is pregna-l,4-diene-3,l l,20-trione, 17,21-dihydroxy- (also, l,4-pregnadiene-17α,21-diol- 3,11,20-trione; 1-Cortisone; 17α,21-dihydroxy-l,4-pregnadiene-3,ll,20-trione; and dehydrocortisone), as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000032_0002
Hormonal agents are used to treat breast cancer, prostate cancer, melanoma, and meningioma. Because the major action of hormones is mediated through steroid receptors, 60% receptor-positive breast cancer responded to first-line hormonal therapy; and less than 10% of receptor-negative tumors responded. The main side effect associated with hormonal agents is flare. The frequent manifestations are an abrupt increase of bone pain, erythema around skin lesions, and induced hypercalcemia.
Specifically, progestogens are used to treat endometrial cancers, since these cancers occur in women that are exposed to high levels of oestrogen unopposed by progestogen.
Antiandrogens are used primarily for the treatment of prostate cancer, which is hormone dependent. They are used to decrease levels of testosterone, and thereby inhibit growth of the tumor.
Hormonal treatment of breast cancer involves reducing the level of oestrogen- dependent activation of oestrogen receptors in neoplastic breast cells. Anti-oestrogens act by binding to oestrogen receptors and prevent the recruitment of coactivators, thus inhibiting the oestrogen signal.
LHRH analogues are used in the treatment of prostate cancer to decrease levels of testosterone and so decrease the growth of the tumor.
Aromatase inhibitors act by inhibiting the enzyme required for hormone synthesis. In post-menopausal women, the main source of oestrogen is through the conversion of androstenedione by aromatase.
Plant-derived Agents
Plant-derived agents are a group of drugs that are derived from plants or modified based on the molecular structure of the agents. They inhibit cell replication by preventing the assembly of the cell's components that are essential to cell division.
Examples of plant derived agents include vinca alkaloids (e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vindesine, Vinzolidine, and Vinorelbine), podophyllotoxins (e.g., Etoposide (VP-16) and Teniposide (VM-26)), and taxanes (e.g., Paclitaxel and Docetaxel). These plant- derived agents generally act as antimitotic agents that bind to tubulin and inhibit mitosis. Podophyllotoxins such as Etoposide are believed to interfere with DNA synthesis by interacting with topoisomerase II, leading to DNA strand scission.
Vincristine (e.g., Vincristine sulfate, Gensia Sicor Pharmaceuticals, Irvine, CA) is an alkaloid obtained from a common flowering herb, the periwinkle plant (Vinca rosea Linn).
Vincristine was originally identified as Leurocristine, and has also been referred to as LCR and VCR. The mechanism of action ot Vincristine has been related to the inhibition of microtubule formation in the mitotic spindle, resulting in an arrest of dividing cells at the metaphase stage. Vincristine sulfate is vincaleukoblastine, 22-oxo-, sulfate (1:1) (salt) as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000034_0001
Etoposide (e.g., VePesid®, Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Princeton, NJ, also commonly known as VP-16) is a semisynthetic derivative of podophyllotoxin. Etoposide has been shown to cause metaphase arrest and G2 arrest in mammalian cells. At high concentrations, Etoposide triggers lysis of cells entering mitosis. At low concentrations, Etoposide inhibits entry of cells into prophase. The predominant macromolecular effect of Etoposide appears to be the induction of DNA strand breaks by an interaction with DNA topoisomerase II or the formation of free radicals. Etoposide phosphate (e.g., Etopophos®, Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Princeton, NJ) is a water soluble ester of Etoposide. The chemical name for Etoposide phosphate is 4'-demethylepipodophyllotoxin 9-[4,6-O-(R)-ethylidene-b-D-glucopyranoside], 4'-(dihydrogen phosphate), as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000034_0002
The chemical name for Etoposide is 4'-demethylepipodophyllotoxin 9-[4,6-0-(R)- ethylidene-b-D-glucopyranoside] as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000035_0001
Plant-derived agents are used to treat many forms of cancer. For example, Vincristine is used in the treatment of the leukemias, Hodgkin's and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, and the childhood tumors neuroblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and Wilms' tumor. Vinblastine is used against the lymphomas, testicular cancer, renal cell carcinoma, mycosis fungoides, and Kaposi's sarcoma. Docetaxel (also known in the art as doxetaxel) has shown promising activity against advanced breast cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), and ovarian cancer.
Etoposide is active against a wide range of neoplasms, of which small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer, and NSCLC are most responsive.
Biologic Agents
Biologic agents are a group of biomolecules that elicit cancer/tumor regression when used alone or in combination with chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy. Examples of biologic agents include immunomodulating proteins such as cytokines, monoclonal antibodies against tumor antigens, tumor suppressor genes, and cancer vaccines.
Cytokines possess profound immunomodulatory activity. Some cytokines such as interleukin-2 (IL-2, Aldesleukin) and interferon-α (IFN-α) demonstrated antitumor activity and have been approved for the treatment of patients with metastatic renal cell carcinoma and metastatic malignant melanoma. IL-2 is a T-cell growth factor that is central to T-cell- mediated immune responses. The selective antitumor effects of IL-2 on some patients are believed to be the result of a cell-mediated immune response that discriminate between self and nonself.
Interferon-α includes more than 23 related subtypes with overlapping activities. IFN- α has demonstrated activity against many solid and hematologic malignancies, the later appearing to be particularly sensitive. Examples of interferons include interferon-α, interferon-β (fibroblast interferon) and interferon-γ (lymphocyte interferon). Examples of other cytokines include erythropoietin (Epoietin- α; EPO), granulocyte-CSF (G-CSF; Filgrastin), and granulocyte, macrophage-CSF (GM-CSF; Sargramostim). Other immuno-modulating agents other than cytokines include bacillus Calmette-Guerin, levamisole, and octreotide, a long-acting octapeptide that mimics the effects of the naturally occurring hormone somatostatin.
Furthermore, the anti-cancer treatment can comprise treatment by immunotherapy with antibodies and reagents used in tumor vaccination approaches. The primary drugs in this therapy class are antibodies, alone or carrying e.g. toxins or chemostherapeutics/cytotoxics to cancer cells. Monoclonal antibodies against tumor antigens are antibodies elicited against antigens expressed by tumors, particularly tumor-specific antigens. For example, monoclonal antibody HERCEPTIN® (Trastuzumab) is raised against human epidermal growth factor receptor2 (HER2) that is overexpressed in some breast tumors including metastatic breast cancer. Overexpression of HER2 protein is associated with more aggressive disease and poorer prognosis in the clinic. HERCEPTIN® is used as a single agent for the treatment of patients with metastatic breast cancer whose tumors over express the HER2 protein.
Another example of monoclonal antibodies against tumor antigens is RITUXAN® (Rituximab) that is raised against CD20 on lymphoma cells and selectively deplete normal and malignant CD20+ pre-B and mature B cells.
RITUXAN is used as single agent for the treatment of patients with relapsed or refractory low-grade or follicular, CD20+, B cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. MYELOTARG® (Gemtuzumab Ozogamicin) and CAMPATH® (Alemtuzumab) are further examples of monoclonal antibodies against tumor antigens that may be used. Endostatin is a cleavage product of plasminogen used to target angiogenesis.
Tumor suppressor genes are genes that function to inhibit the cell growth and division cycles, thus preventing the development of neoplasia. Mutations in tumor suppressor genes cause the cell to ignore one or more of the components of the network of inhibitory signals, overcoming the cell cycle checkpoints and resulting in a higher rate of controlled cell growth- cancer. Examples of the tumor suppressor genes include DPC4, NF-I, NF-2, RB, p53, WTl, BRCAl, and BRCA2.
DPC4 is involved in pancreatic cancer and participates in a cytoplasmic pathway that inhibits cell division. NF-I codes for a protein that inhibits Ras, a cytoplasmic inhibitory protein. NF-I is involved in neurofibroma and pheochromocytomas of the nervous system and myeloid leukemia. NF-2 encodes a nuclear protein that is involved in meningioma, schwanoma, and ependymoma of the nervous system. RB codes for the pRB protein, a nuclear protein that is a major inhibitor of cell cycle. RB is involved in retinoblastoma as well as bone, bladder, small cell lung and breast cancer. P53 codes for p53 protein that regulates cell division and can induce apoptosis. Mutation and/or inaction of p53 is found in a wide range of cancers. WTI is involved in Wilms' tumor of the kidneys. BRCAl is involved in breast and ovarian cancer, and BRCA2 is involved in breast cancer. The tumor suppressor gene can be transferred into the tumor cells where it exerts its tumor suppressing functions.
Cancer vaccines are a group of agents that induce the body's specific immune response to tumors. Most of cancer vaccines under research and development and clinical trials are tumor-associated antigens (TAAs). TAAs are structures (i.e., proteins, enzymes, or carbohydrates) that are present on tumor cells and relatively absent or diminished on normal cells. By virtue of being fairly unique to the tumor cell, TAAs provide targets for the immune system to recognize and cause their destruction. Examples of TAAs include gangliosides (GM2), prostate specific antigen (PSA), α-fetoprotein (AFP), carcino embryonic antigen (CEA) (produced by colon cancers and other adenocarcinomas, e.g., breast, lung, gastric, and pancreatic cancers), melanoma-associated antigens (MART-I, gap 100, MAGE 1,3 tyrosinase), papillomavirus E6 and E7 fragments, whole cells or portions/lysates of autologous tumor cells and allogeneic tumor cells.
Retinoids or retinoid agents for use with the invention include all natural, recombinant, and synthetic derivatives or mimetics of vitamin A, for example, retinyl palmitate, retinoyl-beta-glucuronide (vitamin Al beta-glucuronide), retinyl phosphate (vitamin Al phosphate), retinyl esters, 4-oxoretinol, 4-oxoretinaldehyde, 3-dehydroretinol (vitamin A2), 11-cis-retinal (11-cis-retinaldehyde, 11-cis or neo b vitamin Al aldehyde), 5,6- epoxyretinol (5,6-epoxy vitamin Al alcohol), anhydroretinol (anhydro vitamin Al) and A- ketoretinol (4-keto- vitamin Al alcohol), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA; Tretinoin; vitamin A acid; 3,7-dimethyl-9-(2,6,6,-trimethyH-cyclohenen-l-yl)-2,4,6,8-nonatetraenoic acid [CAS No. 302-79-4]), lipid formulations of all-trans retinoic acid (e.g., ATRA-IV), 9-cis retinoic acid (9-cis-RA; Alitretinoin; Panretin©; LGD1057), (e)-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2- naphthalenyl)- 1 -propenyl] -benzoic acid, 3-methyl-(E)-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro~2- naphthalenyl)-l-propenyl] -benzoic acid, Fenretinide (N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)retinamide; A-
HPR), Etretinate (2,4,6,8-nonatetraenoic acid), Acitretin (Ro 10-1670), Tazarotene (ethyl 6- [2-(43-dimethyltm"ochroman-6-yl)-ethynyl] nicotinate), Tocoretinate (9-cis-tretinoin tocoferil), Adapalene (6-[3-(l-adamantyl)-4-methoxyphenyl]-2 -naphthoic acid), Motretinide (trimethylmethoxyphenyl-N-ethyl retinamide), and retinaldehyde.
Also included as retinoids are retinoid related molecules such as CD437 (also called 6-[3-(l-adamantyl)-4-hydroxρhenyl]-2-naρhthalene carboxylic acid and AHPN), CD2325, ST1926 ([E-3-(4'-hydroxy-3'-adamantylbiρhenyl-4-yl)acrylic acid), ST1878 (methyl 2-[3-[2- [3-(2-methoxy- 1 , 1 -dimethyl-2-oxoethoxy)pheno-xy]ethoxy]ρhenoxy]isobutyrate), ST2307, ST1898, ST2306, ST2474, MMl 1453, MM002 (3-Cl-AHPC), MX2870-1, MX3350-1, MX84, and MX90-l (Garattini et al, 2004, Curr. Pharmaceut. Design 10:433-448; Garattini and Terao, 2004, J. Chemother. 16:70-73). Included for use with the invention are retinoid agents that bind to one or more RXR. Also included are retinoid agents that bind to one or more RXR and do not bind to one or more RAR (i.e., selective binding to RXR; rexinoids), e.g., docosahexanoic acid (DHA), phytanic acid, methoprene acid, LG100268 (LG268), LG100324, LGD1057, SRl 1203, SRl 1217, SRl 1234, SRl 1236, SRl 1246, AGNl 94204 (see, e.g., Simeone and Tari, 2004, Cell MoI. Life ScL 61:1475-1484; Rigas and Dragnev, 2005, The Oncologist 10:22-33; Ahuja et ah, 2001, MoI. Pharmacol. 59:765-773; Gorgun and Foss, 2002, Blood 100:1399-1403; Bischoff et al, 1999, J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 91:2118- 2123; Sun et ah, 1999, Clin. Cancer Res. 5:431-437; Crow and Chandraratna, 2004, Breast Cancer Res. 6:R546-R555). Further included are derivatives of 9-cis-RA. Particularly included are 3-methyl TTNEB and related agents, e.g., Targretin®; Bexarotene; LGD1069; 4-[l-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-2-naphthalenyl) ethenyl] benzoic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof.
The use of all of these approaches in combination with HDAC inhibitors, e.g. SAHA, is within the scope of the present invention.
Other Agents
Other agents may also be useful for use with the present invention, for example, for adjunct therapies. Such adjunctive agents can be used to enhance the effectiveness of anticancer agents or to prevent or treat conditions associated with anticancer agents such as low blood counts, hypersensitivity reactions, neutropenia, anemia, thrombocytopenia, hypercalcemia, mucositis, bruising, bleeding, toxicity (e.g., Leucovorin), fatigue, pain, nausea, and vomiting. Antiemetic agents (e.g., 5-HT receptor blockers or benzodiazepines), anti-inflammatory agents (e.g., adrenocortical steroids or antihistamines), dietary supplements (e.g., folic acid), vitamins (e.g., Vitamin E, Vitamin C, Vitamin B6, Vitamin B12), and acid reducing agents (e.g., H2 receptor blockers) can be useful for increasing patient tolerance to cancer therapy. Examples of H2 receptor blockers include Ranitidine, Famotidine, and Cimetidine. Examples of antihistamines include Diphenliydramine, Clemastine, Chlorpheniramine, Chlorphenamine, Dimethindene maleate, and Promethazine. Examples of steroids include Dexamethasone, Hydrocortisone, and Prednisone. Other agents include growth factors such as epoetin alpha (e.g., Procrit®, Epogen®) for stimulating red blood cell production, G-CSF (granulocyte colony-stimulating factor; filgrastim, e.g., Neupogen®) for stimulating neutrophil production, GM-CSF (granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor) for stimulating production of several white blood cells, including macrophages, and IL-11 (interleukin-11, e.g., Neumega®) for stimulating production of platelets.
Leucovorin (e.g., Leucovorin calcium, Roxane Laboratories, Inc., Columbus, OH; also called folinic acid, calcium folinate, citrovorum factor) can be used as an antidote to folic acid antagonists, and can also potentiate the activity of certain drugs, such as Fluorouracil. Leucovorin calcium is the calcium salt of N-[4-[[(2-amino-5-formyl- 1 ,4,5,6,7,8-hexahydro-4-oxo-6-pteridinyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid.
Dexamethasone (e.g., Decadron®; Merck & Co., Inc., Whitehouse Station, NJ) is a synthetic adrenocortical steroid that can be used as an anti-inflammatory agent to control allergic reactions, e.g., drug hypersensitivity reactions. Dexamethasone tablets for oral administration comprise 9-fiuoro- 11 -beta, 17,21 -trihydroxy- 16-alpha-methylpregna- 1 ,4- diene-3,20-dione, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000039_0001
Dexamethasone phosphate for intravenous administration comprises 9-fluoro-llβ,17- dihydroxy-16α-methyl-21-(phosphonooxy)pregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione disodium salt, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000040_0001
Diphenhydramine (e.g., Benadryl®; Parkedale Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Rochester, MI) is an antihistamine drug used for amelioration of allergic reactions. Diphenhydramine hydrochloride (e.g., Diphenhydramine HCl for injection) is 2-(diphenylmethoxy)-N,N- dimethylethylamine hydrochloride, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000040_0002
Ranitidine (e.g., Zantac®; GlaxoSmithKline, Research Triangle Park, NC) is a competitive inhibitor of histamine at histamine H2-receptors, and can be used to reduce stomach acid. Ranitidine hydrochloride (e.g., tablets or injection) is N[2-[[[5- [(dimethylamino)methyl]-2-furanyl]methyl]thio]ethyl]-N'-methyl-2-nitro-l,l-ethenediamine, HCl, as represented by the structure:
(CH3J2 MGHj1 CH>3CH,GH,NH NHCH, ♦ HCP
Figure imgf000040_0003
CHNO
Cimetidine (e.g., Tagamet®; GlaxoSmithKline, Research Triangle Park, NC) is also a competitive inhibitor of histamine at histamine H2 receptors, and can be used to reduce stomach acid. Cimetidine is N"-cyano-N-methyl-iV-[2-[[(5-methyl-l/i-imidazol-4- yl)methyl]thio]-ethyl]-guanidine, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000041_0001
Aprepitant (e.g., EMEND®; Merck & Co., Inc.) is a substance P/neurokinin 1 (NKl) receptor antagonist and antiemetic. Aprepitant is 5-[[(2R,38)-2-[(lRyi-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] ethoxy] -3 -(4-fluorophenyl)-4-morpholinyl]methyl] - 1 ,2-dihydro- 3H-l,2,4-triazol-3-one, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000041_0002
Ondansetron (e.g., Zofran®; GlaxoSmithKline, Research Triangle Park, NC) is a selective blocking agent of 5-HT3 serotonin receptor and antiemetic. Ondansetron hydrochloride (e.g., for injection) is (±)l,2,3,9-tetrahydro-9-methyl-3-[(2-methyl-lH- imidazol-l-yl)methyl]-4H-carbazol-4-one, monohydrochloride, dihydrate, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000041_0003
Lorazepam (e.g., Lorazepam Injection; Baxter Healthcare Corp., Deerfield, IL)5 is a benzodiazepine with anticonvulsant effects. Lorazepam is 7-chloro-5(2-chlorophenyl)-l,3- dihydro-3-hydroxy-2H-l,4-benzodiazepin-2-one, as represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000042_0001
In particular embodiments, the subject is treated with one or more adjunctive agents that reduce or eliminate hypersensitivity reactions before, during, and after administration of the HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, before during and after administration of the second anti- cancer agent, e.g., Pemetrexed, or before, during, and other administration of both the HDAC inhibitor, e.g., SAHA, and the second anti-cancer agent, e.g. Pemetrexed. Preferably, the subject is treated with one or more of dexamethasone, folic acid, and Vitamin B12 before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed. Dexamethasone can be administered orally at a dose of 2-25 mg on the day before, the day of, and the day after Pemetrexed administration. Folic acid can be administered orally at a dose of 400-1000 μg daily, during a period starting 7 days before administration of Pemetrexed, throughout at least one treatment period of 21 days, and for 21 days after the last administration of Pemetrexed. Vitamin B12 can be administered intramuscularly (or by any route of administration with the requisite modification in dose) in an amount of 1000 μg 1 week before the first administration of SAHA in a treatment period of 21 days, and where the total treatment period comprises three or more treatment periods of 21 days, the 1000 μg of Vitamin B12 is administered every 63 days during the total treatment period.
Administration of the HDAC Inhibitor Routes of Administration
The HDAC inhibitor (e.g. SAHA), can be administered by any known administration method known to a person skilled in the art. Examples of routes of administration include but are not limited to oral, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intravenous, intraarterial, transdermal, topical, sublingual, intramuscular, rectal, transbuccal, intranasal, liposomal, via inhalation, vaginal, intraoccular, via local delivery by catheter or stent, subcutaneous, intraadiposal, intraarticular, intrathecal, or in a slow release dosage form. SAHA or any one of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered m accordance with any dose and dosing schedule that, together with the effect of the anti-cancer agent, achieves a dose effective to treat disease.
Of course, the route of administration of SAHA or any one of the other HDAC inhibitors is independent of the route of administration of the one or more anti-cancer agents. A particular route of administration for SAHA is oral administration. Thus, in accordance with this embodiment, SAHA is administered orally, the second, and optionally third and/or fourth anti-cancer agent can be administered orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery by catheter or stent, subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, intrathecally, or in a slow release dosage form.
As examples, the HDAC inhibitors of the invention can be administered in such oral forms as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained release or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions, syrups, and emulsions. Likewise, the HDAC inhibitors can be administered by intravenous (e.g., bolus or infusion), intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, or other routes using forms well known to those of ordinary skill in the pharmaceutical arts. A particular route of administration of the HDAC inhibitor is oral administration.
The HDAC inhibitors can also be administered in the form of a depot injection or implant preparation, which may be formulated in such a manner as to permit a sustained release of the active ingredient. The active ingredient can be compressed into pellets or small cylinders and implanted subcutaneously or intramuscularly as depot injections or implants. Implants may employ inert materials such as biodegradable polymers or synthetic silicones, for example, Silastic, silicone rubber or other polymers manufactured by the Dow-Corning Corporation.
The HDAC inhibitor can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines. Liposomal preparations of anti-cancer agents may also be used in the methods of the invention. Liposome versions of anti-cancer agents may be used to increase tolerance to the agents.
The HDAC inhibitors can also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled. The HDAC inhibitors can also be prepared with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxy- propyl-methacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxyethyl-aspartamide-phenol, or polyethyleneoxide- polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the HDAC inhibitors can be prepared with biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels. In a specific embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor, e.g. SAHA, is administered orally in a gelatin capsule, which can comprise excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium and magnesium stearate. A further embodiment includes 200 mg of solid SAHA with 89.5 mg of microcrystalline cellulose, 9 mg of sodium croscarmellose, and 1.5 mg of magnesium stearate contained in a gelatin capsule.
Dosages and Dosage Schedules
The dosage regimen utilizing the HDAC inhibitors can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and the type of disease being treated; the severity (i.e., stage) of the disease to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound or salt thereof employed. A dosage regimen can be used, for example, to prevent, inhibit (fully or partially), or arrest the progress of the disease.
In accordance with the invention, an HDAC inhibitor (e.g., SAHA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof) can be administered by continuous or intermittent dosages. For example, intermittent administration of an HDAC inhibitor may be administration one to six days per week or it may mean administration in cycles (e.g. daily administration for two to eight consecutive weeks, then a rest period with no administration for up to one week) or it may mean administration on alternate days. The compositions may be administered in cycles, with rest periods in between the cycles (e.g. treatment for two to eight weeks with a rest period of up to a week between treatments).
For example, SAHA or any one of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered in a total daily dose of up to 800 mg. The HDAC inhibitor can be administered once daily (QD), or divided into multiple daily doses such as twice daily (BID), and three times daily (TID). The
HDAC inhibitor can be administered at a total daily dosage of up to 800 mg, e.g., 200 mg, 30'0 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 700 mg, or 800 mg, which can be administered in one daily dose or can be divided into multiple daily doses as described above. In specific aspects, the administration is oral.
In one embodiment, the composition is administered once daily at a dose of about 200 - 800 mg. In another embodiment, the composition is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200-400 mg. Alternatively, the composition can be administered twice daily at a dose of about 200-400 mg intermittently, for example three, four or five days per week. In one embodiment, the daily dose is 200 mg which can be administered once-daily, twice-daily or three-times daily. In one embodiment, the daily dose is 300 mg which can be administered once-daily, twice-daily or three-times daily. In one embodiment, the daily dose is 400 mg which can be administered once-daily, twice-daily or three-times daily.
SAHA or any one of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered in accordance with any dose and dosing schedule that, together with the effect of the anti-cancer agent, achieves a dose effective to treat cancer. The HDAC inhibitors can be administered in a total daily dose that may vary from patient to patient, and may be administered at varying dosage schedules. For example, SAHA or any of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered to the patient at a total daily dosage of between 25-4000 mg/m2. In particular, SAHA or any one of the HDAC inhibitors can be administered in a total daily dose of up to 800 mg, especially by oral administration, once, twice or three times daily, continuously (every day) or intermittently (e.g., 3-5 days a week). In addition, the administration can be continuous, i.e., every day, or intermittently.
A particular treatment protocol comprises continuous administration (i.e., every day), once, twice or three times daily at a total daily dose in the range of about 200 mg to about 600 mg. Another treatment protocol comprises intermittent administration of between three to five days a week, once, twice or three times daily at a total daily dose in the range of about 200 mg to about 600 mg.
The HDAC inhibitor is administered continuously once daily at a dose of 300 mg or 400 mg or twice daily at a dose of 200 mg or 300 mg. The HDAC inhibitor can also be administered intermittently three days a week, once daily at a dose of 400 mg or twice daily at a dose of 200 mg or 300 mg. In another embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor can be administered intermittently four days a week, once daily at a dose of 400 mg or twice daily at a dose of 200 mg or 300 mg. The HDAC inhibitor can also be administered intermittently five days a week, once daily at a dose of 400 mg or twice daily at a dose of 200 mg or 300 mg. In one particular embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered continuously once daily at a dose of 600 mg, twice daily at a dose of 300 mg, or three times daily at a dose of 200 mg. In another particular embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered intermittently three days a week, once daily at a dose of 600 mg, twice daily at a dose of 300 mg, or three times daily at a dose of 200 mg. The HDAC inhibitor can be administered intermittently four days a week, once daily at a dose of 600 mg, twice daily at a dose of 300 mg, or three times daily at a dose of 200 mg. The HDAC inhibitor can also be administered intermittently five days a week, once daily at a dose of 600 mg, twice daily at a dose of 300 mg, or three times daily at a dose of 200 mg. In addition, the HDAC inhibitor may be administered according to any of the schedules described above, consecutively for a few weeks, followed by a rest period. For example, the HDAC inhibitor may be administered according to any one of the schedules described above from two to eight weeks, followed by a rest period of one week, or twice daily at a dose of 300 mg for three to five days a week. In one embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered continuously (i.e., daily) or intermittently (e.g., at least 3 days per week) with a once daily dose of about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, or about 800 mg.
In another embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered once daily at a dose of about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, or about 800 mg for at least one period of 7 out of 21 days (e.g., 7 consecutive days or Days 1-7 in a 21 day cycle).
In another embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered once daily at a dose of about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, or about 800 mg for at least one period of 14 out of 21 days (e.g., 14 consecutive days or Days 1-14 in a 21 day cycle).
In another embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered continuously (i.e., daily) or intermittently (e.g., at least 3 days per week) with a twice daily dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, about 300 mg, or about 400 mg.
In another embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose) for at least one period of 3 out of 7 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days with dosage followed by 4 consecutive days without dosage). The HDAC inhibitor can also be administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose) for at least one period of 4 out of 7 days (e.g., 4 consecutive days with dosage followed by 3 consecutive days without dosage), or for at least one period of 5 out of 7 days (e.g., 5 consecutive days with dosage followed by 2 consecutive days without dosage). In such embodiments, the HDAC inhibitor is administered weekly.
In another embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose) for at least one period of 3 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days or Days 1-3 for up to 3 weeks in a 21 day cycle).
The HDAC inhibitor can also be administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose) for at least one period of 4 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 4 consecutive days or Days 1-4 for up to 3 weeks in a 21 day cycle), or for at least one period of 5 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 5 consecutive days or Days 1-5 for up to 3 weeks in a 21 day cycle).
In another embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose), for example, for one period of 3 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days or Days 1-3 in a 21 day cycle). In another embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose), for example, for at least two periods of 3 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days or Days 1-3 and Days 8-10 for Week 1 and Week 2 of a 21 day cycle).
In another embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 250 mg, or about 300 mg (per dose), for example, for at least three periods of 3 out of 7 days in a cycle of 21 days (e.g., 3 consecutive days or Days 1-3, Days 8- 10, and Days 15-17 for Week 1, Week 2, and Week 3 of a 21 day cycle).
In other embodiments, the HDAC inhibitor can be administered twice daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 300 mg, or about 400 mg (per dose), for example, for at least one period of 7 out of 14 days (e.g., 7 consecutive days or Days 1-7 in a 14 day cycle), or for at least one period of 11 out of 21 days (e.g., 11 consecutive days or Days 1-11 in a 21 day cycle), or for at least one period of 10 out of 21 days (e.g., 10 consecutive days or Days 1-10 in a 21 day cycle), or for at least one period of 14 out of 21 days (e.g., 14 consecutive days or Days 1-I4 in a 21 day cycle). In other embodiments, the HDAC inhibitor is administered once daily at a dose of about 200 mg, about 300 mg, or about 400 mg (per dose), for example, for at least one period of 10 out of 21 days (e.g., 10 consecutive days or Days 1-10 in a 21 day cycle).
Intravenously or subcutaneously, the patient would receive the HDAC inhibitor in quantities sufficient to deliver between about 3-1500 mg/m2 per day, for example, about 3, 30; 60, 90, 180, 300, 600, 900, 1200 or 1500 mg/m2 per day. Such quantities may be administered in a number of suitable ways, e.g. large volumes of low concentrations of HDAC inhibitor during one extended period of time or several times a day. The quantities can be administered for one or more consecutive days, intermittent days or a combination thereof per week (7 day period). Alternatively, low volumes of high concentrations of HDAC inhibitor during a short period of time, e.g. once a day for one or more days either consecutively, intermittently or a combination thereof per week (7 day period). For example, a dose of 300 mg/m2 per day can be administered for 5 consecutive days for a total of 1500 mg/m2 per treatment. In another dosing regimen, the number of consecutive days can also be 5, with treatment lasting for 2 or 3 consecutive weeks for a total of 3000 mg/m2 and 4500 mg/m2 total treatment.
Typically, an intravenous formulation may be prepared which contains a concentration of HDAC inhibitor of between about 1.0 mg/mL to about 10 mg/mL, e.g. 2.0 mg/niL, 3.0 mg/mL, 4.0 mg/mL, 5.0 mg/mL, 6.0 mg/mL, 7.0 mg/mL, 8.0 mg/mL, 9.0 mg/mL and 10 mg/mL and administered in amounts to achieve the doses described above. In one example, a sufficient volume of intravenous formulation can be administered to a patient in a day such that the total dose for the day is between about 300 and about 1500 mg/m2.
Subcutaneous formulations can be prepared according to procedures well known in the art at a pH in the range between about 5 and about 12, which include suitable buffers and isotonicity agents, as described below. They can be formulated to deliver a daily dose of HDAC inhibitor in one or more daily subcutaneous administrations, e.g., one, two or three times each day.
The HDAC inhibitors can also be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, or course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regime.
It is apparent to a person skilled in the art that any one or more of the specific dosages and dosage schedules of the HDAC inhibitors are also applicable to any one or more of the anti-cancer agents to be used in the combination treatment. Moreover, the specific dosage and dosage schedule of the anti-cancer agent can further vary, and the optimal dose, dosing schedule, and route of administration can be determined based upon the specific anti-cancer agent that is being used. Further, the various modes of administration, dosages, and dosing schedules described herein merely set forth specific embodiments and should not be construed as limiting the broad scope of the invention. Any permutations, variations, and combinations of the dosages and dosing schedules are included within the scope of the present invention.
Administration of Anti-Cancer Agents
Any one or more of the specific dosages and dosage schedules of the HDAC inhibitors, is also applicable to any one or more of the anti-cancer agents to be used in the combination treatment.
Moreover, the specific dosage and dosage schedule of the one or more anti-cancer agents can further vary, and the optimal dose, dosing schedule and route of administration will be determined based upon the specific anti-cancer agent that is being used.
Of course, the route of administration of SAHA or any one of the other HDAC inhibitors is independent of the route of administration of the one or more anti-cancer agents. A particular route of administration for SAHA is oral administration. Thus, in accordance with this embodiment, SAHA is administered orally, and the other anti-cancer agent can be administered orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery by catheter or stent, subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, intrathecally, or in a slow release dosage form.
In addition, the HDAC inhibitor and one or more anti-cancer agents may be administered by the same mode of administration, i.e. both agents administered orally, by IV, etc. However, it is also within the scope of the present invention to administer the HDAC inhibitor by one mode of administration, e.g. oral, and to administer the one or more anti- cancer agents by another mode of administration, e.g. IV, or any other ones of the administration modes described hereinabove.
Commonly used anti-cancer agents and daily dosages usually administered include but are not restricted to:
Antimetabolites: Methotrexate: 20-40 mg/m2 i.v.
Methotrexate: 4-6 mg/m2 p.o.
Methotrexate: 12000 mg/m high dose therapy
6-Mercaptopurine: 100 mg/m2
6- Thioguanine: 1-2 x 80 mg/m2 p.o. Pentostatin 4 mg/m2 i.v.
Fludarabinphosphate : 25 mg/m2 i.v.
Cladribine: 0.14 mg/kg BW i.v.
5-Fluorouracil 500-2600 mg/m2 i.v.
Capecitabine: 1250 mg/m2 p.o.
Cytarabin: 200 mg/m2 i.v.
Cytarabin: 3000 mg/m2 i.v. high dose therapy
Gemcitabine: 800-1250 mg/m2 i.v. Hydroxyurea: 800-4000 mg/m2 p.o. Pemetrexed: 250-500 mg/m2 i.v.
Antimitotic agents and Vincristine 1.5-2 mg/m i.v. Plant-derived agents: Vinblastine 4-8 mg/m2 i.v.
Vindesine 2-3 mg/m2 i.v. Etoposide (VP 16) 100-200 mg/m2 i.v. Etoposide (VP 16) 100 mg p.o. Teniposide (VM26) 20-30 mg/m2 i.v. Paclitaxel (Taxol) 175-250 mg/m2 i.v. Docetaxel (Taxotere) 100-150 mg/m2 i.v.
Antibiotics: Actinomycin D 0.6 mg/m2 i.v.
Daunorubicin 45-6.0 mg/m2 i.v.
Doxorubicin 45-60 mg/m2 i.v.
Epirubicin 60-80 mg/m2 i.v.
Idarubicin 10-12 mg/m2 i.v.
Idarubicin 35-50 mg/m2 p.o.
Mitoxantron 10-12 mg/m2 i.v.
Bleomycin 10-15 mg/m2 i.v., i.m., s.c.
Mitomycin C 10-20 mg/2 i.v.
Irinotecan (CPT -ll) 350 mg/m2 i.v.
Topotecan 1.5 mg/m2 i.v.
Alkylating Agents: Mustargen 6 mg/m2 i.v. Bstrarnustinphosphate 150-200 mg/m2 i.v.
Estramustinphosphate 480-550 mg/m2 p.o.
Melphalan 8-10 mg/m2 i.v.
Melphalan 15 mg/m2 i.v.
Chlorambucil 3-6 mg/m2 i.v.
Prednimustine 40-100 mg/m2 p.o.
Cyclophosphamide 750-1200 mg/m2 i.v.
Cyclophosphamide 50-100 mg/m2 p.o.
Ifosfamide 1500-2000 mg/m2 i. v.
Trofosfamide 25-200 mg/m2 p.o.
Busulfan 2-6 mg/m2 p.o.
Treosulfan 5000-8000 mg/m2 i.v.
Treosulfan 750-1500 mg/m2 p.o.
Thiotepa 12-16 mg/m2 i.v.
Carmustin (BCNU) 100 mg/m2 i.v.
Lomustin (CCNU) 100-130 mg/m2 p.o.
Nimustin (ACNU) 90-100 mg/m2 i.v.
Dacarbazine (OTIC) 100-375 mg/m2 i.v.
Procarbazine 100 mg/m2 p.o.
Cisplatin 20-120 mg/m2 i.v.
Carboplatin 300-400 mg/m2 i.v.
Hormones, Cytokines Interferon-α 2-10 x l06 rU/m2 and Vitamins: Prednisone 40-100 mg/m2 p.o.
Dexamethasone 8-24 mg p.o.
G-CSF 5-20 μg/kg BW s.c. all-trans Retinoic Acid 45 mg/m2
Interleukin-2 18 x lO6 IU/m2
GM-CSF 250 mg/m2
Erythropoietin 150 IU/kg tiw
The dosage regimens utilizing the anti-cancer agents described herein (or any pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates of such agents, or any free acids, free bases, or other free forms of such agents) can follow the exemplary dosages herein, including those provided for HDAC inhibitors. The dosage can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and the type of disease being treated; the severity (i.e., stage) of the disease to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound or salt thereof employed. A dosage regimen can be used, for example, to treat, for example, to prevent, inhibit (fully or partially), or arrest the progress of the disease.
In particular embodiments, an antimetabolic agent (e.g., Fluorouracil, Gemcitabine, Bortezomib, Pemetrexed, or Flavopiridol) is administered in combination with SAHA. As another antimetabolic agent, Pemetrexed can be administered (e.g., via intravenous administration of Alimta®) in doses ranging from about 0.2 mg/m2 to about 10 mg/m2, about 10 mg/m2 to about 100 mg/m2, about 100 mg/m2 to about 250 mg/m2, about 250 mg/m2 to about 400 mg/m2, about 400 mg/m2 to about 500 mg/m2, about 500 mg/m2 to about 750 mg/m , about 750 mg/m to about 838 mg/m . In a particular embodiment, Pemetrexed is administered at a dose of 500 mg/m2, e.g., over 10 minutes, as an intravenous infusion. In an alternate embodiment, Pemetrexed is administered at a dose of about 375 mg/m2 or about 250 mg/m2. In particular embodiments, the dosage is administered for at least 1 day (e.g., Day 1 or Day 3) in a 21 day cycle. In certain aspects, subjects treated with Pemetrexed are provided with a low-dose oral folic acid preparation or multivitamin with folic acid on a daily basis both during and prior to treatment. For example, subjects can receive intramuscular injection of vitamin B12 during the week preceding the first dose of Pemetrexed and every 3 cycles (of a 21 day treatment period). Specifically, Pemetrexed can be co-administered with one or more other anti-cancer agents, e.g., SAHA or SAHA and Cisplatin. As examples, SAHA (e.g., Vorinostat) can be administered at a total daily dose of up to 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 700 mg, or 800 mg, and Pemetrexed can be administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m2. In some embodiments, SAHA is first administered, followed by Pemetrexed. Preferably, Pemetrexed is administered two days after the first day of administration of SAHA.
Combination Administration
In accordance with the invention, HDAC inhibitors and anti-cancer agents can be used in the treatment of a wide variety of cancers, including but not limited to solid tumors (e.g., tumors of the head and neck, lung, breast, colon, prostate, bladder, rectum, brain, gastric tissue, bone, ovary, thyroid, or endometrium), hematological malignancies (e.g., leukemias, lymphomas, myelomas), carcinomas (e.g. bladder carcinoma, renal carcinoma, breast carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma), neuroblastoma, or melanoma. Non-limiting examples of these cancers include diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), T-cell lymphomas or leukemias, e.g., cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), noncutaneous peripheral T-cell lymphoma, lymphoma associated with human T-cell lymphotrophic virus (HTLV), adult T- cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATLL), as well as acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, myeloma, multiple myeloma, mesothelioma, childhood solid tumors, brain neuroblastoma, retinoblastoma, glioma, Wilms' tumor, bone cancer and soft-tissue sarcomas, common solid tumors of adults such as head and neck cancers (e.g., oral, laryngeal and esophageal), genitourinary cancers (e.g., prostate, bladder, renal, uterine, ovarian, testicular, rectal, and colon), lung cancer (e.g., small cell carcinoma and non-small cell lung carcinoma, including squamous cell carcinoma and adenocarcinoma), breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, melanoma and other skin cancers, basal cell carcinoma, metastatic skin carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma of both ulcerating and papillary type, stomach cancer, brain cancer, liver cancer, adrenal cancer, kidney cancer, thyroid cancer, medullary carcinoma, osteosarcoma, soft-tissue sarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, veticulum cell sarcoma, and Kaposi's sarcoma. Also included are pediatric forms of any of the cancers described herein. Cutaneous T-cell lymphomas and peripheral T-cell lymphomas are forms of non-
Hodgkin's lymphoma. Cutaneous T-cell lymphomas are a group of lymphoproliferative disorders characterized by localization of malignant T lymphocytes to the skin at presentation. CTCL frequently involves the skin, bloodstream, regional lymph nodes, and spleen. Mycosis fungoides (MF), the most common and indolent form of CTCL, is characterized by patches, plaques or tumors containing epidermotropic CD4+CD45RO helper/memory T cells. MF may evolve into a leukemic variant, Sezary syndrome (SS), or transform to large cell lymphoma. The condition causes severe skin itching, pain and edema. Currently, CTCL is treated topically with steroids, photochemotherapy and chemotherapy, as well as radiotherapy. Peripheral T-cell lymphomas originate from mature or peripheral (not central or thymic) T-cell lymphocytes as a clonal proliferation from a single T-cell and are usually either predominantly nodal or extranodal tumors. They have T-cell lymphocyte cell- surface markers and clonal arrangements of the T-cell receptor genes.
Approximately 16,000 to 20,000 people in the U.S. are affected by either CTCL or
PTCL. These diseases are highly symptomatic. Patches, plaques and tumors are the clinical names of the different presentations. .Patches are usually flat, possibly scaly and look like a "rash." Mycosis fungoides patches are often mistaken for eczema, psoriasis or non-specific dermatitis until a proper diagnosis of mycosis fungoides is made. Plaques are thicker, raised lesions. Tumors are raised "bumps" which may or may not ulcerate. A common characteristic is itching or pruritus, although many patients do not experience itching. It is possible to have one or all three of these phases. For most patients, existing treatments are palliative but not curative.
Lung cancer remains the leading cause of cancer-related mortality in the United States and 30% to 40% of newly diagnosed patients with non-small cell lung cancer present with regionally advanced and unresectable stage III disease (Jemal A et al. CA Cancer J. CHn. 2004;54:8-29; Dubey and Schiller The Oncologist 2005; 10:282-291; Socinski MA Semin Oncol. 2005 32(2 Suppl 3):S114-8). The median survival time of patients with stage IV disease treated with standard chemotherapy regimens is approximately 8-11 months (Schiller JH et al N. Engl. J. Med. 2002;346:92-98; Fossella F et al. J. Clin. Oncol. 2003;21:3016- 3024). In the relapsed setting, the median survival time with single-agent therapy is approximately 5-7 months, and time to progression is merely 8-10 weeks (Shepherd FA et al. J. Clin. <9«co/. 2000;18:2095-2103; Fossella FV et al. J. Clin. Oncol. 2000;l 8:2354-2362).
Non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) accounts for approximately 85% of all lung cancer cases. The majority of patients with NSCLC present with advanced disease, and this aggressive tumor is associated with a poor prognosis. The 5-year survival rate for patients with advanced (stage IIIB/IV) NSCLC is < 5% (Ginsberg RJ et al. In: Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology, DeVita VT Jr, Hellman S, Rosenberg SA, eds., 6th Edition, Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2001:925-983). Treatment for NSCLC has been palliative, with the goals of improving symptoms and prolonging survival. Currently, platinum-based regimens are the standard of care for patients with advanced NSCLC (reviewed in Stewart DJ Oncologist 2004;9 Suppl 6:43-52). Yet, these regimens are associated with severe and often cumulative hematologic and nonhematologic toxicities, limiting dose intensity. Therefore, novel treatments and combination regimens are needed to improve the outcome for these patients. Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) is the most common B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL) in the WHO (World Health Organization) classification and constitutes 30 to 40% of adult non-Hodgkin lymphomas in western countries. The standard first-line treatment is combination chemotherapy or chemotherapy with anti-CD20 antibody
(Rituximab). Because of the high cost and lack of insurance coverage in many countries, it is estimated that KituximaD can only De afforded in a small percentage of NHL patients. The standard second line treatment is peripheral stem cell transplantation. This procedure is performed in a select number of cancer centers, so it is not an treatment option for most patients. The EPOCH regimen (Etoposide, Prednisone, Vincristine, Cyclophosphamide, Doxorubicin) for DLBCL has proven activity as salvage therapy, however, it rarely provide long-lasting remissions when used as a single modality.
Multiple myeloma is characterized by the neoplastic proliferation of a single clone of plasma cells engaged in the production of a monoclonal immunoglobulin (Kyle, Multiple Myeloma and Other Plasma Cell Disorders in Hematology: Basic Principles and Practice. Second edition. 1995). Although multiple myeloma cells are initially responsive to radiotherapy and chemotherapy, durable complete responses are rare and virtually all patients who respond initially ultimately relapse and die from the disease. To date, conventional treatment approaches have not resulted in long-term disease-free survival, which highlights the importance of developing new drug treatment for this incurable disease (NCCN Proceedings. Oncology. November 1998).
According to the National Cancer Institute, head and neck cancers account for three percent of all cancers in the U.S. Most head and neck cancers originate in the squamous cells lining the structures found in the head and neck, and are often referred to as squamous cell carcinomas of the head and neck (SCCHN). Some head and neck cancers originate in other types of cells, such as glandular cells. Head and neck cancers that originate in glandular cells are called adenocarcinomas. Head and neck cancers are further defined by the area in which they begin, such as the oral cavity, nasal cavity, larynx, pharynx, salivary glands, and lymph nodes of the upper part of the neck. It is estimated that 38,000 people in the U.S. developed head and neck cancer 2002. Approximately 60% of patients present with locally advanced disease. Only 30% of these patients achieve long-term remission after treatment with surgery and/or radiation. For patients with recurrent and/or metastatic disease, the median survival is approximately six months.
Alkylating agents suitable for use in the present invention include but are not limited to bischloroethylamines (nitrogen mustards, e.g., Chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Ifosfamide, Mechlorethamine, Melphalan, uracil mustard), aziridines (e.g., Thiotepa), alkyl alkone sulfonates (e.g., Busulfan), nitrosoureas (e.g., Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin), nonclassic alkylating agents (e.g., Altretamine, Dacarbazine, and Procarbazine), platinum compounds (e.g., Carboplatin and Cisplatin). In a particular embodiment, the third anticancer agent comprises the alkylating agent Cisplatin. Antibiotic agents suitable tor use in the present invention are anthracyclines (e.g., Doxorubicin, Daunorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, and Anthracenedione), Mitomycin C, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Plicatomycin.
Antimetabolic agents suitable for use in the present invention include but are not limited to Floxuridine, Fluorouracil, Methotrexate, Leucovorin, Hydroxyurea, Thioguanine, Mercaptopurine, Cytarabine, Pentostatin, Fludarabine Phosphate, Cladribine, Asparaginase, Gemcitabine, and Pemetrexed. In a particular embodiment, the antimetabolic agent in Pemetrexed.
Hormonal agents suitable for use in the present invention, include but are not limited to, an estrogen, a progestogen, an antiesterogen, an androgen, an antiandrogen, an LHRH analogue, an aromatase inhibitor, Diethylstibestrol, Tamoxifen, Toremifene, Fluoxymesterol, Raloxifene, Bicalutamide, Nilutamide, Flutamide, Aminoglutethimide, Tetrazole, Ketoconazole, Goserelin Acetate, Leuprolide, Megestrol Acetate, and Mifepristone.
Plant-derived agents suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vindesine, Vinzolidine, Vinorelbine, Etoposide Teniposide, Paclitaxel, and Docetaxel.
Biologic agents suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to immuno-modulating proteins, monoclonal antibodies against tumor antigens, tumor suppressor genes, and cancer vaccines. For example, the immuno-modulating protein can be interleukin 2, interleukin 4, interleukin 12, interferon El, interferon D, interferon alpha, erythropoietin, granulocyte-CSF, granulocyte, macrophage-CSF, bacillus Calmette-Guerin, Levamisole, or Octreotide. Furthermore, the tumor suppressor gene can be DPC-4, NF-I, NF-2, RB, p53, WTl, BRCA, or BRCA2.
In various aspects of the invention, the treatment procedures are performed sequentially in any order, simultaneously, or a combination thereof. For example, the first treatment procedure, e.g., administration of an HDAC inhibitor, can take place prior to the second (and optional third and/or fourth) treatment procedure, e.g., the one or more anticancer agents, after the second (or optional third and/or fourth) treatment with the anticancer agent, at the same time as the second (or optional third and/or fourth) treatment with the anticancer agent, or a combination thereof. hi one aspect of the invention, a total treatment period can be decided for the HDAC inhibitor. The anti-cancer agent can be administered prior to onset of treatment with the HDAC inhibitor or following treatment with the HDAC inhibitor. In addition, the anti-cancer agent can be administered during tne period of HDAC inhibitor administration but does not need to occur over the entire HDAC inhibitor treatment period. Similarly, the HDAC inhibitor can be administered prior to onset of treatment with the one or more anti-cancer agents or following treatment with the one or more anti-cancer agents. In addition, the HDAC inhibitor can be administered during the period of anti-cancer agent administration but does not need to occur over the entire anti-cancer agent treatment period. Alternatively, the treatment regimen includes pre-treatment with one agent, either the HDAC inhibitor or the anti-cancer agent, followed by the addition of the other agent(s) for the duration of the treatment period. In a particular embodiment, the combination of the HDAC inhibitor and the second
(and optionally the third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent is additive, i.e., the combination treatment regimen produces a result that is the additive effect of each constituent when it is administered alone. In accordance with this embodiment, the amount of HDAC inhibitor and the amount of the second (and optionally third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent together constitute an effective amount to treat cancer.
In another embodiment, the combination of the HDAC inhibitor and second (and optionally third and/or fourth) anti-cancer agent is considered therapeutically synergistic when the combination treatment regimen produces a significantly better anticancer result (e.g., cell growth arrest, apoptosis, induction of differentiation, cell death) than the additive effects of each constituent when it is administered alone at a therapeutic dose. Standard statistical analysis can be employed to determine when the results are significantly better. For example, a Mann- Whitney Test or some other generally accepted statistical analysis can be employed.
In one particular embodiment of the present invention, the HDAC inhibitor can be administered in combination with an antimetabolic agent. In another particular embodiment of the present invention, the HDAC inhibitor and anti-metabolic agent can be administered in combination with an alkylating agent, hi another particular embodiment of the present invention, the HDAC inhibitor and anti-metabolic agent (and optionally, an alkylating agent) can be administered in combination with an antibiotic agent, another antimetabolic agent, another alkylating agent, a hormonal agent, a plant-derived agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a differentiation inducing agent, a cell growth arrest inducing agent an apoptosis inducing agent, a cytotoxic agent, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, an adjunctive agent, or a biologic agent. Li another particular embodiment of the present invention, the HDAC inhibitor, antimetabolic agent, ana optional aiKyiatmg agent can De administered in combination with any combination of an additional HDAC inhibitor, an additional alkylating agent, an antibiotic agent, an additional antimetabolic agent, a hormonal agent, a plant-derived agent, an anti- angiogenic agent, a differentiation inducing agent, a cell growth arrest inducing agent, an apoptosis inducing agent, a cytotoxic agent, a retinoid agent, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, an adjunctive agent, or a biologic agent.
The combination therapy can act through the induction of cancer cell differentiation, cell growth arrest, and/or apoptosis. The combination of therapy is particularly advantageous, since the dosage of each agent in a combination therapy can be reduced as compared to monotherapy with the agent, while still achieving an overall anti-tumor effect.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
As described above, the compositions comprising the HDAC inhibitor and/or the one or more anti-cancer agents can be formulated in any dosage form suitable for oral, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intravenous, intraarterial, transdermal, sublingual, intramuscular, rectal, transbuccal, intranasal, liposomal, via inhalation, vaginal, or intraocular administration, for administration via local delivery by catheter or stent, or for subcutaneous, intraadiposal, intraarticular, intrathecal administration, or for administration in a slow release dosage form. The HDAC inhibitor and the one or more anti-cancer agents can be formulated in the same formulation for simultaneous administration, or they can be in two separate dosage forms, which may be administered simultaneously or sequentially as described above.
The invention also encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the HDAC inhibitors and/or the one or more anti-cancer agents. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein and suitable for use in the method of the invention, are conventional non-toxic salts and can include a salt with a base or an acid addition salt such as a salt with an inorganic base, for example, an alkali metal salt (e.g., lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, etc.), an alkaline earth metal salt (e.g., calcium salt, magnesium salt, etc.), an ammonium salt; a salt with an organic base, for example, an organic amine salt (e.g., triethylamine salt, pyridine salt, picoline salt, ethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, N5N- dibenzylethylenediamine salt, etc.) etc.; an inorganic acid addition salt (e.g., hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, phosphate, etc.); an organic carboxylic or sulfonic acid addition salt
(e.g., formate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, maleate, tartrate, methanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-tόluenesulfonate, etc.); a salt witn a oasic or acidic amino acid (e.g., arginine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, etc.) and the like.
The invention also encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising hydrates of the HDAC inhibitors and/or the one or more anti-cancer agents. In addition, this invention also encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising any solid or liquid physical form of SAHA or any of the other HDAC inhibitors. For example, The HDAC inhibitors can be in a crystalline form, in amorphous form, and have any particle size. The HDAC inhibitor particles may be micronized, or may be agglomerated, particulate granules, powders, oils, oily suspensions or any other form of solid or liquid physical form.
For oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions can be liquid or solid. Suitable solid oral formulations include tablets, capsules, pills, granules, pellets, and the like. Suitable liquid oral formulations include solutions, suspensions, dispersions, emulsions, oils, and the like. Any inert excipient that is commonly used as a carrier or diluent may be used in the formulations of the present invention, such as for example, a gum, a starch, a sugar, a cellulosic material, an acrylate, or mixtures thereof. The compositions may further comprise a disintegrating agent and a lubricant, and in addition may comprise one or more additives selected from a binder, a buffer, a protease inhibitor, a surfactant, a solubilizing agent, a plasticizer, an emulsifier, a stabilizing agent, a viscosity increasing agent, a sweetener, a film forming agent, or any combination thereof. Furthermore, the compositions of the present invention maybe in the form of controlled release or immediate release formulations.
The HDAC inhibitors can be administered as active ingredients in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients or carriers (collectively referred to herein as "carrier" materials or "pharmaceutically acceptable carriers") suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration. As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is incorporated herein by reference.
For liquid formulations, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may be aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, suspensions, emulsions or oils. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aqueous earners include water, aiconolic/aqueous solutions, emulsions, or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Examples of oils are those of petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic origin, for example, peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, and fish-liver oil. Solutions or suspensions can also include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
Solid carriers/diluents include, but are not limited to, a gum, a starch (e.g., corn starch, pregelatinized starch), a sugar (e.g., lactose, mannitol, sucrose, dextrose), a cellulosic material (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose), an acrylate (e.g., polymethylacrylate), calcium carbonate, magnesium oxide, talc, or mixtures thereof.
In addition, the compositions may further comprise binders (e.g., acacia, cornstarch, gelatin, carbomer, ethyl cellulose, guar gum, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, povidone), disintegrating agents (e.g., cornstarch, potato starch, alginic acid, silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, guar gum, sodium starch glycolate, Primogel), buffers (e.g., tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate) of various pH and ionic strength, additives such as albumin or gelatin to prevent absorption to surfaces, detergents (e.g., Tween 20, Tween 80, Pluronic F68, bile acid salts), protease inhibitors, surfactants (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate), permeation enhancers, solubilizing agents (e.g., glycerol, polyethylene glycerol), a glidant (e.g., colloidal silicon dioxide), anti-oxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite, butylated hydroxyanisole), stabilizers (e.g., hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), viscosity increasing agents (e.g., carbomer, colloidal silicon dioxide, ethyl cellulose, guar gum), sweeteners (e.g., sucrose, aspartame, citric acid), flavoring agents (e.g., peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring), preservatives (e.g.,
Thimerosal, benzyl alcohol, parabens), lubricants (e.g., stearic acid, magnesium stearate, poiyemyiene glycol, soαmrα iauryi sulfate), flow-aids (e.g., colloidal silicon dioxide), plasticizers (e.g., diethyl phthalate, triethyl citrate), emulsifiers (e.g., carbomer, hydroxypropyl cellulose, sodium lauryl sulfate), polymer coatings (e.g., poloxamers or poloxamines), coating and film forming agents (e.g., ethyl cellulose, acrylates, polymethacrylates) and/or adjuvants.
In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
It is especially advantageous to formulate oral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
The preparation of pharmaceutical compositions that contain an active component is well understood in the art, for example, by mixing, granulating, or tablet-forming processes. The active therapeutic ingredient is often mixed with excipients that are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient. For oral administration, the active agents are mixed with additives customary for this purpose, such as vehicles, stabilizers, or inert diluents, and converted by customary methods into suitable forms for administration, such as tablets, coated tablets, hard or soft gelatin capsules, aqueous, alcoholic, or oily solutions and the like as detailed above.
The amount of the compound administered to the patient is less than an amount that would cause toxicity in the patient. In the certain embodiments, the amount of the compound that is administered to the patient is less than the amount that causes a concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma to equal or exceed the toxic level of the compound. In particular embodiments, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 10 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 25 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 50 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 100 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 500 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 1,000 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 2,500 nM. In another embodiment, the concentration of the compound in the patient's plasma is maintained at about 5,000 nM. The optimal amount of the compound that should be administered to the patient in the practice of the present invention will depend on the particular compound used and the type of cancer being treated. The percentage of the active ingredient and various excipients in the formulations may vary. For example, the composition may comprise between 20 and 90%, or specifically between 50-70% by weight of the active agent.
For IV administration, Glucuronic acid, L-lactic acid, acetic acid, citric acid or any pharmaceutically acceptable acid/conjugate base with reasonable buffering capacity in the pH range acceptable for intravenous administration can be used as buffers. Sodium chloride solution wherein the pH has been adjusted to the desired range with either acid or base, for example, hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide, can also be employed. Typically, a pH range for the intravenous formulation can be in the range of from about 5 to about 12. A particular pH range for intravenous formulation comprising an HDAC inhibitor, wherein the HDAC inhibitor has a hydroxamic acid moiety, can be about 9 to about 12.
Subcutaneous formulations can be prepared according to procedures well known in the art at a pH in the range between about 5 and about 12, which include suitable buffers and isotonicity agents. They can be formulated to deliver a daily dose of the active agent in one or more daily subcutaneous administrations. The choice of appropriate buffer and pH of a formulation, depending on solubility of the HDAC inhibitor to be administered, is readily made by a person having ordinary skill in the art. Sodium chloride solution wherein the pH has been adjusted to the desired range with either acid or base, for example, hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide, can also be employed in the subcutaneous formulation. Typically, a pH range for the subcutaneous formulation can be in the range of from about 5 to about 12. A particular pH range for subcutaneous formulation of an HDAC inhibitor having a hydroxamic acid moiety, can be about 9 to about 12.
The compositions of the present invention can also be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, or course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regime.
The present invention also provides in vitro methods for selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells, thereby inhibiting proliferation of such cells, by contacting the cells with a first amount of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof and a second amount of Pemetrexed (and optionally a third amount of cisplatin, and/or fourth amount of an anti-cancer agent), wherein the first and second (and optional third and/or fourth) amounts together comprise an amount effective to induce terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest of apoptosis of the cells.
Although the methods of the present invention can be practiced in vitro, it is contemplated that a particular embodiment for the methods of selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells will comprise contacting the cells in vivo, i.e., by administering the compounds to a subject harboring neoplastic cells or tumor cells in need of treatment.
As such, the present invention also provides methods for selectively inducing terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest and/or apoptosis of neoplastic cells, thereby inhibiting proliferation of such cells in a subject by administering to the subject a first amount of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, in a first treatment procedure and a second amount of Pemetrexed in a second treatment procedure (and optionally a third and/or fourth amount of an anti-cancer agent in a third and/or fourth treatment procedure), wherein the first and second (and optional third and/or fourth) amounts together comprise an amount effective to induce terminal differentiation, cell growth arrest of apoptosis of the cells. The invention is illustrated m the examples that follow. This section is set forth to aid in an understanding of the invention but is not intended to, and should not be construed to limit in any way the invention as set forth in the claims which follow thereafter.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE l: Synthesis of SAHA
SAHA can be synthesized according to the method outlined below, or according to the method set forth in US Patent 5,369,108, the contents of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety, or according to any other method. In a 22 L flask was placed 3,500 g (20.09 moles) of suberic acid, and the acid melted with heat. The temperature was raised to 175°C, and then 2,040 g (21.92 moles) of aniline was added. The temperature was raised to 1900C and held at that temperature for 20 minutes. The melt was poured into a Nalgene tank that contained 4,017 g of potassium hydroxide dissolved in 50 L of water. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes following the addition of the melt. The reaction was repeated at the same scale, and the second melt was poured into the same solution of potassium hydroxide. After the mixture was thoroughly stirred, the stirrer was turned off, and the mixture was allowed to settle.
Synthesis of SAHA
Step 1 - Synthesis of Suberanilic acid
Figure imgf000064_0001
The mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite (4,200 g). The product was filtered to remove the neutral by-product from attack by aniline on both ends of suberic acid. The filtrate contained the salt of the product, and also the salt of unreacted suberic acid. The mixture was allowed to settle because the filtration was very slow, taking several days. The filtrate was acidified using 5 L of concentrated hydrochloric acid; the mixture was stirred for one hour, and then allowed to settle overnight. The product was collected by filtration, and washed on the runnel with deionized water (4 x 5 L). The wet filter cake was placed in a 72 L flask with 44 L of deionized water, the mixture heated to 50°C, and the solid isolated by a hot filtration (the desired product was contaminated with suberic acid which is has a much greater solubility in hot water. Several hot triturations were done to remove suberic acid. The product was checked by NMR [D6DMSO] to monitor the removal of suberic acid). The hot trituration was repeated with 44 L of water at 5O0C. The product was again isolated by filtration, and rinsed with 4 L of hot water. It was dried over the weekend in a vacuum oven at 650C using a Nash pump as the vacuum source (the Nash pump is a liquid ring pump (water) and pulls a vacuum of about 29 inch of mercury. An intermittent argon purge was used to help carry off water); 4,182.8 g of suberanilic acid was obtained.
The product still contained a small amount of suberic acid; therefore the hot trituration was done portioiiwise at 65°C, using about 300 g of product at a time. Each portion was filtered, and rinsed thoroughly with additional hot water (a total of about 6 L). This was repeated to purify the entire batch. This completely removed suberic acid from the product. The solid product was combined in a flask and stirred with 6 L of methanol/water (1 :2), and then isolated by filtration and air dried on the filter over the week end. It was placed in trays and dried in a vacuum oven at 650C for 45 hours using the Nash pump and an argon bleed. The final product has a weight of 3,278.4 g (32.7% yield).
Step 2 -Synthesis of Methyl Suberanilate
Figure imgf000065_0001
To a 50 L flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer, and condenser was placed 3,229 g of suberanilic acid from the previous step, 20 L of methanol, and 398.7 g of Dowex 50WX2-400 resin. The mixture was heated to reflux and held at reflux for 18 hours. The mixture was filtered to remove the resin beads, and the filtrate was taken to a residue on a rotary evaporator. The residue from the rotary evaporator was transferred into a 50 L flask fitted with a condenser and mechanical stirrer. To the flask was added 6 L of methanol, and the mixture heated to give a solution. Then 2 L of deionized water was added, and the heat turned off. The stirred mixture was allowed to cool, and then the flask was placed in an ice bath, and the mixture cooled. The solid product was isolated by filtration, and the filter cake was rinsed with 4 L of cold methanol/water (1:1). The product was dried at 45°C in a vacuum oven using a Nash pump for a total of 64 hours to give 2,850.2 g (84% yield) of methyl suberanilate.
Figure imgf000066_0001
To a 50 L flask with a mechanical stirrer, thermocouple, and inlet for inert atmosphere was added 1,451.9 g of hydroxylamine hydrochloride, 19 L of anhydrous methanol, and a 3.93 L of a 30% sodium methoxide solution in methanol. The flask was then charged with 2,748.0 g of methyl suberanilate, followed by 1.9 L of a 30% sodium methoxide solution in methanol. The mixture was allowed to stir for 16 hr and 10 minutes. Approximately one half of the reaction mixture was transferred from the reaction flask (flask 1) to a 50 L flask (flask . 2) fitted with a mechanical stirrer. Then 27 L of deionized water was added to flask 1 and the mixture was stirrer for 10 minutes. The pH was taken using a pH meter; the pH was 11.56. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 12.02 by the addition of 100 ml of the 30% sodium methoxide solution in methanol; this gave a clear solution (the reaction mixture at this time contained a small amount of solid. The pH was adjusted to give a clear solution from which the precipitation the product would be precipitated). The reaction mixture in flask 2 was diluted in the same manner; 27 L of deionized water was added, and the pH adjusted by the addition of 100 ml of a 30 % sodium methoxide solution to the mixture, to give a pH of 12.01 (clear solution).
The reaction mixture in each flask was acidified by the addition of glacial acetic acid to precipitate the product. Flask 1 had a final pH of 8.98, and Flask 2 had a final pH of 8.70. The product from both flasks was isolated by filtration using a Buchner funnel and filter cloth. The filter cake was washed with 15 L of deionized water, and the funnel was covered and the product was partially dried on the funnel under vacuum for 15.5 hr. The product was removed and placed into five glass trays. The trays were placed in a vacuum oven and the product was dried to constant weight. The first drying period was for 22 hours at 60°C using a Nash pump as the vacuum source with an argon bleed. The trays were removed from the vacuum oven and weighed. The trays were returned to the oven and the product dried for an additional 4 hr and 10 minutes using an oil pump as the vacuum source and with no argon bleed. The material was packaged in double 4-mill polyethylene bags, and placed in a plastic outer container. The final weight after sampling was 2633.4 g (95.6%). Step 4 - Recrystallization of Crude SAHA
The crude SAHA was recrystallized from methanol/water. A 50 L flask with a mechanical stirrer, thermocouple, condenser, and inlet for inert atmosphere was charged with the crude SAHA to be crystallized (2,525.7 g), followed by 2,625 ml of deionized water and 15,755 ml of methanol. The material was heated to reflux to give a solution. Then 5,250 ml of deionized water was added to the reaction mixture. The heat was turned off, and the mixture was allowed to cool. When the mixture had cooled sufficiently so that the flask could be safely handled (28°C), the flask was removed from the heating mantle, and placed in a tub for use as a cooling bath. Ice/water was added to the tub to cool the mixture to -5°C. The mixture was held below that temperature for 2 hours. The product was isolated by filtration, and the filter cake washed with 1.5 L of cold methanol/water (2:1). The funnel was covered, and the product was partially dried under vacuum for 1.75 hr. The product was removed from the funnel and placed in 6 glass trays. The trays were placed in a vacuum oven, and the product was dried for 64.75 hr at 60°C using a Nash pump as the vacuum source, and using an argon bleed. The trays were removed for weighing, and then returned to the oven and dried for an additional 4 hours at 60°C to give a constant weight. The vacuum source for the second drying period was an oil pump, and no argon bleed was used. The material was packaged in double 4-mill polyethylene bags, and placed in a plastic outer container. The final weight after sampling was 2,540.9 g (92.5%).
In other experiments, crude SAHA was crystallized using the following conditions:
Table 1 : SAHA Crystallization Conditions
Figure imgf000067_0001
All these reaction conditions produced SAHA Polymorph I.
EXAMPLE 2: Generation of Wet-Milled Small Particles in 1:1 Ethanol/Water
The SAHA Polymorph I crystals were suspended in 1 : 1 (by volume) EtOH/water solvent mixture at a slurry concentration ranging from 50 mg/gram to 150 mg/gram
(crystal/solvent mixture). The slurry was wet milled with IKA- Works Rotor-Stator high shear homogenizer model T50 with superfine blades at 20-30 m/s, until the mean particle size of SAHA was less than 50 μm and 95% less than 100 μm, while maintaining the temperature at room temperature. The wet-milled slurry was filtered and washed with the 1 :1 EtOH/water solvent mixture at room temperature. The wet cake was then dried at 4O0C. The final mean particle size of the wet-milled material was less than 50 μm as measured by the Microtrac method below.
Particle size was analyzed using an SRA-150 laser diffraction particle size analyzer, manufactured by Microtrac Inc. The analyzer was equipped with an ASVR (Automatic Small Volume Recirculator). 0.25 wt% lecithin in ISOPAR G was used as the dispersing fluid. Three runs were recorded for each sample and an average distribution was calculated.
Particle size distribution (PSD) was analyzed as a volume distribution. The mean particle size and 95%< values based on volume were reported.
EXAMPLE 2 A: Large Scale Generation of Wet-Milled Small Particles in 1:1
Ethanol/Water
56.4 kg SAHA Polymorph I crystals were charged to 610 kg (10.8 kg solvent per kg SAHA) of a 50% vol/vol solution of 200 proof punctilious ethanol and water (50/50 EtOH/Water) at 20-250C. The slurry (~ 700 L) was recirculated through an IKA Works wet- mill set with super-fine generators until reaching a steady-state particle size distribution. The conditions were: DR3-6, 23 m/s rotor tip speed, 30-35 Lpm, 3 gen, ~ 96 turnovers (a turnover is one batch volume passed through one gen), ~ 12 hrs.
A Approx. M Mi-lJlJ TTi-me ( πhr \) = 96 x Batch Volume (L) '
Natural Draft of Mill (Lpm) x # of Generators x 60
The wet cake was filtered, washed 2X with water (total 6 kg/kg, ~ 340 kg) and vacuum dried at 40-45°C. The dry cake was then sieved (595 μm screen) and packed as Fine API. EXAMPLE 3: Growth of Large Crystals of Mean Particle Size 150 urn in 1:1
Ethanol/Water
25 grams of SAHA Polymorph I crystals and 388 grams of 1:1 Ethanol/water solvent mixture were charged into a 500 ml jacketed resin kettle with a glass agitator. The slurry was wet milled to a particle size less than 50 μm at room temperature following the steps of Example 2. The wet-milled slurry was heated to 650C to dissolve ~ 85% of the solid. The heated slurry was aged at 650C for 1-3 hours to establish a ~ 15 % seed bed. The slurry was mixed in the resin kettle under 20 psig pressure, and at an agitator speed range of 400-700 rpm.
The batch was then cooled slowly to 50C: 65 to 550C in 10 hours, 55 to 450C in 10 hours, 45 to 50C in 8 hours. The cooled batch was aged at 50C for one hour to reach a target supernatant concentration of less than 5 mg/g, in particular, 3 mg/g. The batch slurry was filtered and washed with 1 : 1 EtOH/water solvent mixture at 50C. The wet cake was dried at 4O0C under vacuum. The dry cake had a final particle size of ~ 150 μm with 95% particle size < 300 μm according to the Microtrac method.
EXAMPLE 4: Growth of Large Crystals with Mean Particle Size of 140 μm in 1:1
Ethanol/Water 7.5 grams of SAHA Polymorph I crystals and 70.7 grams of 1 : 1 EtOH/water solvent mixture were charged into a seed preparation vessel (500-ml jacketed resin kettle). The seed slurry was wet milled to a particle size less than 50 μm at room temperature following the steps of Example 2 above. The seed slurry was heated to 63-670C and aged over 30 minutes to 2 hours. In a separate crystallizer (1 -liter jacketed resin kettle), 17.5 grams of SAHA
Polymorph I crystals and 317.3 grams of 1 :1 EtOH/water solvent mixture were charged. The crystallizer was heated to 67-7O0C to dissolve all solid SAHA crystals first, and then was cooled to 60-650C to keep a slightly supersaturated solution.
The seed slurry from the seed preparation vessel was transferred to the crystallizer. The slurry was mixed in the resin kettle under 20 psig pressure, and at an agitator speed range similar to that in Example 3. The batch slurry was cooled slowly to 50C according to the cooling profile in Example 3. The batch slurry was filtered and washed with 1:1 EtOH/water solvent mixture at 50C. The wet cake was dried at 4O0C under vacuum. The dry cake had a final particle size of about 140 μm with 95% particle size < 280 μm. EXAMPLE 4A: Large Scale Growth of Large Crystals in 1:1 Ethanol/Water
21.9 kg of the Fine API dry cake from Example 2A (30% of total) and 201 kg of 50/50 EtOH/Water solution (2.75 kg solvent/kg total SAHA) was charged to Vessel #1 - the Seed Preparation Tank. 51.1 kg of SAHA Polymorph I crystals (70% of total) and 932 kg 50/50 EtOH/Water (12.77 kg solvent/kg total SAHA) was charged to Vessel #2 - the Crystallizer. The Crystallizer was pressurized to 20-25 psig and the contents heated to 67- 70°C while maintaining the pressure to fully dissolve the crystalline SAHA. The contents were then cooled to 61-630C to supersaturate the solution. During the aging process in the Crystallizer, the Seed Prep Tank was pressurized to 20-25 psig, the seed slurry was heated to 640C (range: 62-66°C), aged for 30 minutes while maintaining the pressure to dissolve ~ Vi of the seed solids, and then cooled to 61-630C.
The hot seed slurry was rapidly transferred from the Seed Prep Tank to the Crystallizer (no flush) while maintaining both vessel temperatures. The nitrogen pressure in the Crystallizer was re-established to 20-25 psig and the batch was aged for 2 hours at 61- 63°C. The batch was cooled to 5°C in three linear steps over 26 hours: (1) from 62°C to 550C over 10 hours; (2) from 550C to 450C over 6 hours; and (3) from 45°C to 5°C over 10 hours. The batch was aged for 1 hr and then the wet cake was filtered and washed 2X with water (total 6 kg/kg, ~ 440 kg), and vacuum dried at 40-450C. The dry cake from this recrystallization process is packed-out as the Coarse API. Coarse API and Fine API were blended at a 70/30 ratio.
EXAMPLE 5: Generation of Wet-milled Small Particles Batch 288
SAHA Polymorph I crystals were suspended in ethanolic aqueous solution (100% ethanol to 50% ethanol in water by volume) at a slurry concentration ranging from 50 mg/gram to 150 mg/gram (crystal/solvent mixture). The slurry was wet milled with IKA- Works Rotor-Stator high shear homogenizer model T50 with superfine blades at 20-35 m/s, until the mean particle size of SAHA was less than 50 μm and 95% less than 100 μm, while maintaining the temperature at room temperature. The wet-milled slurry was filtered and washed with EtOH/water solvent mixture at room temperature. The wet cake was then dried at 400C. The final mean particle size of the wet-milled material was less than 50 μm as measured by the Microtrac method as described before. EXAMPLE 6: Growth of Large Crystals Batch 283
24 grams of SAHA Polymorph I crystals and 205 ml of 9:1 Ethanol/water solvent mixture were charged into a 500 ml jacketed resin kettle with a glass agitator. The slurry was wet milled to a particle size less than 50 μm at room temperature following the steps of Example 1. The wet-milled slurry was heated to 650C to dissolve ~ 85% of the solid. The heated slurry was aged at 64-650C for 1-3 hours to establish a ~ 15 % seed bed. The slurry was mixed at an agitator speed range of 100 - 300 rpm.
The batch was then cooled to 2O0C with one heat-cool cycle: 650C to 550C in 2 hours, 550C for 1 hour, 550C to 650C over ~ 30 minutes, age at 650C for 1 hour, 650C to 40°C in 5 hours, 400C to 3O0C in 4 hours, 300C to 2O0C over 6 hours. The cooled batch was aged at 2O0C for one hour. The batch slurry was filtered and washed with 9:1 EtOH/water solvent mixture at 2O0C. The wet cake was dried at 4O0C under vacuum. The dry cake had a final particle size of- 150 μm with 95% particle size < 300 μm per Microtrac method.
30% of the batch 288 crystals and 70% of the batch 283 crystals were blended to produce capsules containing about 100 mg of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid; about 44.3 mg of microcrystalline cellulose; about 4.5 mg of croscarmellose sodium; and about 1.2 mg of magnesium stearate.
EXAMPLE 7: A Phase I Clinical Trial of Oral SAHA in Combination With Pemetrexed and Cisplatin in Patients with Advanced Cancer
This clinical study is used to determine the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) of oral SAHA when administered in repeated 21 day cycles in combination with standard doses of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin in patients with advanced solid tumors. The study is also used to determine the MTD of oral SAHA when administered in repeated 21 day cycles in combination with standard doses of Pemetrexed in patients with advanced solid tumors and to assess at MTD the pharmacokinetics of SAHA, Pemetrexed, and Cisplatin when administered in combination. In addition, the study is used to assess the safety and tolerability of these combination regimens when SAHA is administered in combination with Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or SAHA in combination with Pemetrexed. Analysis: Administration of SAHA is assessed in 21 day cycles in combination with
Pemetrexed and Cisplatin in patients with advanced solid tumors for sufficient safety and tolerance to permit further study. Administration of SAHA is assessed in 21 day cycles in combination with Pemetrexed in patients with advanced solid tumors for sufficient safety and tolerance to permit further study. Study Design and Duration: This study is a randomized, multicenter, open-label, dose-escalating, Phase I trial of SAHA in combination with Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or in combination with Pemetrexed in patients with solid tumors who would be eligible for Pemetrexed and Cisplatin therapy or Pemetrexed therapy. The study first determines the MTD of SAHA when administered in combination with standard doses of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin. Two different dose schedules (once daily and twice daily) of SAHA are independently evaluated and patients are randomized to one of 2 dose schedules. Pemetrexed and Cisplatin are administered by intravenous (IV) infusion at doses of 500 mg/m2 and 75 mg/m2, respectively, on Day 3 of each cycle. All patients on the 3-drug regimen receive folic acid, vitamin B12, Dexamethasone, and antiemetic drugs which include Aprepitant and Ondansetron for chemotherapy prophylaxis.
Once MTD is established for each of the schedules, the cohort is expanded to evaluate pharmacokinetics (PK) for the schedule determined to be the recommended Phase II dose. Once MTD is defined for the 3-drug combination on each schedule, an additional Phase I component is repeated for the 2-drug combination of SAHA and Pemetrexed. The starting doses of SAHA for this portion of the study are defined in the tables below for Cohorts C and D. Patients who do not have disease progression and who continue to meet the eligibility criteria after the first 6 to 8 cycles will be offered continued treatment with SAHA at the same dose and schedule on a continuation protocol. Patients receive either 6 or up to 8 cycles prior to transition to the continuation protocol. Once on the continuation protocol, patients can continue treatment with both SAHA and Pemetrexed or just SAHA.
Patients who receive the three-drug regimen during the protocol will continue to be treated at the assigned dose level provided they continue to meet eligibility criteria and do not have disease progression or unacceptable toxicities. These patients may then transition to the continuation protocol after 4 to 6 cycles have been completed in the base protocol. Patients can receive either 4 or up to 6 cycles prior to transition to the continuation protocol is at the Investigator's discretion. Once on the continuation protocol, patients may continue treatment with the three-drug regimen of SAHA, Pemetrexed, and cisplatin or just SAHA.
Patient Sample: Up to 60 patients are enrolled. A minimum of 3 and a maximum of 6 patients are enrolled at each initial dose level of SAHA. Once the MTD is established for each schedule, an additional 12 patients are enrolled at the schedule determined to be the recommended Phase II dose for a more detailed investigation of pharmacokinetics. Additionally, up to 6 patients are enrolled at the starting dose level for the Phase I study of S AHA and Femetrexed regimen. Eligible patients are 18 years of age or older with a confirmed diagnosis of a solid tumor for which Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or Pemetrexed would be considered appropriate therapy. Other eligibility criteria include adequate performance status and adequate hematologic, hepatic, and renal function. Patients will be excluded from Cohorts A and B if they have received Pemetrexed or Cisplatin treatment within the last 6 months, and from Cohorts C and D if they have received Pemetrexed treatment within the past 6 months. Patients will also be excluded from Cohorts A and B if they have pre-existing Grade 2 neuropathy or higher; and from Cohorts C and D if they have Grade 3 neuropathy or higher. Dosage/Dosage Form, Route, and Dose Regimen: SAHA is administered orally in combination with standard doses of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin in repeated 21 day (or 3 week) cycles. Two dose schedules (Cohort A and Cohort B) are planned for SAHA. In Cohort A, SAHA is administered orally (P.O.) twice daily (b.i.d.), once in the morning and once in the evening. In this cohort, SAHA treatment begins at a dose level of 300 mg P.O. b.i.d. for 3 consecutive days, followed by an 18 day rest. At this dose level, each treatment cycle includes only 3 days of SAHA dosing. Barring dose-limiting-toxicities (DLTs), the dose of SAHA is escalated to the next dose level at 300 mg P.O. b.i.d. for 3 consecutive days out of 7 days in the first 14 days, followed by a 7 day rest. At this dose level, each cycle includes 6 treatment days of SAHA. The target dose level in Cohort A is 300 mg P.O. b.i.d. for 3 consecutive days every 7 days, repeated weekly for a 21 day cycle. Each treatment cycle at this dose level includes 9 treatment days of SAHA. In Cohort B, SAHA is administered orally once daily (q.d.). SAHA treatment begins at a dose level of 400 mg P.O. q.d. for 7 consecutive days, followed by a 14 day rest. Barring DLTs, the dose of SAHA is escalated to the next dose level at 500 mg P.O. q.d., then to 600 mg P.O. q.d. No intra-patient dose escalation is permitted in either cohort. Potential dose levels of SAHA are outlined below.
Table 2: Cohort A: Twice Daily Dosing Schedule for SAHA with Pemetrexed and Cisplatin
Figure imgf000073_0001
cir-* tPemetrexed/Cisplatin can be dose adjusted for toxicities according to table, below.
Table 3: Cohort B: Once Daily Dosing Schedule for SAHA with Pemetrexed and Cisplatin
Figure imgf000074_0001
Pemetrexed and Cisplatin are administered on Day 3 of each cycle. On days where SAHA, Pemetrexed, and Cisplatin are administered concurrently, the SAHA dose is administered with food 30 minutes prior to the administration of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin. Pemetrexed is administered as an intravenous (IV) infusion over 10 minutes at the standard dose of 500 mg/m2, followed 30 minutes later by Cisplatin 15 mg/m2 administered as an IV infusion over 2 hours. Folic acid (400 to 1000 μg) is administered orally daily 1-3 weeks before the first dose of Pemetrexed/Cisplatin therapy and continues throughout treatment cycles. Vitamin B12 (1000 μg) is administered intramuscularly (IM) 1-3 weeks before the first dose of Pemetrexed and Cisplatin infusion and repeated every 9 weeks while the patient is on therapy. Dexamethasone (8 mg P. O) is administered on Day 2, and Days 4 through 6. On Day 3, Dexamethasone (12 mg P.O.) is administered in combination with Aprepitant (125 mg P.O.) and Ondansetron (32 mg IV) prior to Pemetrexed/Cisplatin infusion and during treatment cycles for prophylactic treatment of emesis. Adequate hydration is critical for mitigating chemotherapy related toxicities. Patients are given 2 liters of fluids each day while on SAHA therapy.
The dose levels for SAHA in the Phase I study of SAHA and Pemetrexed 2-drug combination are defined below in Tables 4 and 5. A standard dose of Pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) was administered.
Study Design: The study includes a randomized, multicenter, open-label, dose- escalating, Phase I trial of SAHA in combination with Pemetrexed in patients with solid tumors who would be eligible for Pemetrexed therapy. Two different dose schedules (q.d. and b.i.d.) of SAHA are independently evaluated and patients are randomized to one of these 2 schedules. Pemetrexed is administered by IV infusion on Day 3 of each cycle. All patients receive folic acid, vitamin B12, and Dexamethasone. Dexamethasone (8 mg P.O.) is taken the day before, the day of, and tlie day alter Pemetrexed dosing to reduce the risk of severe skin rashes. Patients are asked to maintain adequate hydration.
The study adheres to the same treatment plan for SAHA and Pemetrexed and study visits as outlined in this protocol for the Phase I study of the 3-drug combination. Briefly, the appropriate amount of SAHA is administered orally on an outpatient basis during each 21 day cycle according to the starting dose level for each MTD achieved (see tables, below). Pemetrexed is administered by a 10-minute IV infusion at the standard dose of 500 mg/m2 on Day 3 of each cycle, beginning 30 minutes after SAHA administration. A minimum of 3 and maximum of 6 patients are enrolled at the initial dose level of the b.i.d. and q.d. cohorts. Patients return to clinic on Days 1, 3, and 11 for safety assessment. Day 18 visit is required only if the most frequent dose schedule is achieved in the b.i.d. cohort, that is 300 mg b.i.d. for 3 consecutive days out of 7 days repeated weekly. Patients are properly supplemented with 400 to 1000 μg folic acid and 1000 μg IM vitamin B12 and appropriately premedicated with 4 mg P.O. b.i.d. (or 8 mg P.O.) Dexamethasone on Days 2, 3 and 4 to mitigate chemotherapy-related toxicities. Patients are offered continued treatment with SAHA at the same dose and schedule if they do not have disease progression and continues to meet eligibility criteria after the first 8 cycles. Dose-limiting toxicities are counted only in the first treatment cycle consisting of 21 days or 3 weeks.
The table below outlines the dose levels and dose escalation/modification for Cohort C. In Cohort C, the starting dose level of SAHA is Dose Level 1 at 300 mg b.i.d. for 3 consecutive days out of 7 days in the first week, followed by a 2-week rest period, for a complete treatment cycle of 21 days. Other dose levels are defined in Table 4 below.
Table 4: Cohort C: Twice Daily (b.i.d.) Dosing Schedule for SAHA in Combination With Pemetrexed
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Barring DLTs, the dose is escalated from Dose Level 1 up to Dose Level 3. If Dose Level 1 exceeds the MTD, then alternative dose escalation schedules are adopted via Dose Levels -2, -Ia, and -1 as outlined in Table 4.
Table 5 below outlines the dose levels and dose escalation/modification for Cohort D.
The starting dose level of SAHA is Dose Level 1 at 300 mg q.d. for 7 consecutive days, followed by a 14-day rest period, for a complete treatment cycle of 21 days. Alternative dose levels and schedules for Cohorts C and D are defined below in Tables 6 and 7.
Table 5: Cohort D: Once (q.d.) Dosing Schedule for SAHA in Combination with Pemetrexed
Figure imgf000076_0002
Table 6: Cohort C: Alternative Starting Dose for b.i.d. Administration of SAHA With Pemetrexed
Figure imgf000076_0003
Table 7: Cohort D: Alternative Starting Dose for q.d. Administration of SAHA With Pemetrexed
Figure imgf000077_0001
For patients who continue to additional cycles of treatment, Pemetrexed/Cisplatin are administered on Day 3. The target dose levels are the same as those for Cycle 1, however, Pemetrexed/Cisplatin can be dose adjusted for toxicities according to the following table 8.
Table 8: Pemetrexed Dose Adjustments
Figure imgf000077_0002
Efficacy Measurements: Disease response/progression is assessed by the investigator as deemed appropriate for each individual patient. No efficacy measures are planned. Safety Measurements: Vital signs, physical examinations, Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status, adverse events, laboratory safety tests, and electrocardiograms are obtained or assessed prior to drug administration and at designated intervals throughout the study. Data Analysis: The study will enroll -60 patients. The adverse effects of SAHA in combination with pemetrexed and cisplatin as well as SAHA in combination with pemetrexed will be assessed by tabulating adverse experiences and summarizing duration, intensity, and the time to onset of toxicity by dose level. Summary statistics will be provided for the pharmacokinetic parameters (AUC, Cmax, Tmax, and apparent t/2) for SAHA and pemetrexed during the first 2 treatment cycles after MTD is established. The relationship between safety and the pharmacokinetic parameters will be explored.
It is to be understood that while the invention has been described in conjunction with the detailed description thereof, the foregoing description is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention, which is defined by the scope of the appended claims. Other aspects, advantages, and modifications are within the scope of the following claims.

Claims

CLAIMSWhat is claimed is:
1. A method of treating a solid tumor in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject: i) SAHA (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid), represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000079_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof; and ii) L-glutamic acid, N-[4- [2-(2-arnino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo~ lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein the SAHA and the L- glutamic acid, N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl]benzoyl, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates thereof, are administered in amounts effective for treating the tumor.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein: i) SAHA (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid) and ii) Pemetrexed (N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl]benzoyl) disodium salt, heptahydrate) are administered.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the SAHA is administered orally.
4. The method of claim 2, wherein the Pemetrexed is administered intravenously.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the Pemetrexed is administered as a 10 minute infusion.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the Pemetrexed is administered at a dose of about 500 mg/m2.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the Pemetrexed is administered once daily at a dose of about 500 mg/m2 for at least one treatment period of 1 out of 21 days.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the SAHA is first administered, followed by the Pemetrexed.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the Pemetrexed is administered two days after the first day of administration of SAHA.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the subject is treated with one or more adjunctive agents that reduce or eliminate hypersensitivity reactions before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the subject is treated with one or more of dexamethasone, folic acid, and Vitamin B12 before, during, and after administration of Pemetrexed.
12. The method of claim 11, wherein the subject is treated with (i) 2-25 mg of dexamethasone orally on the day before, the day of, and the day after administration of Pemetrexed; (ii) 400-1000 μg of folic acid orally daily, during a period starting 7 days before administration of Pemetrexed, throughout at least one treatment period, and for 21 days after the last administration of Pemetrexed; and (iii) 1000 μg of Vitamin Bi2 intramuscularly 1 week before the first administration of SAHA in a treatment period and, where the total treatment period comprises three or more treatment periods of 21 days, the 1000 μg of Vitamin B12 is administered every 63 days during the total treatment period.
13. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 300 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days.
14. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 400 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days.
15. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 400 mg for at least one treatment period of 14 out of 21 days.
16. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 400 mg for at least one treatment period continuously.
17. The method of any one of claims 2- 12, wherein the SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 500 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days.
18. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered once daily at a dose of about 600 mg for at least one treatment period of 7 out of 21 days.
19. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered twice daily at about 200 mg per dose for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days.
20. The method of claim 21, wherein the SAHA is administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for one week, followed by a two-week rest period.
21. The method of claim 21 , wherein the SAHA is administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for two weeks, followed by a one-week rest period.
22. The method of claim 21, wherein the SAHA is administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days, wherein the administration is repeated weekly.
23. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered twice daily at about 300 mg per dose for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the SAHA is administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for one week, followed by a two-week rest period.
25. The method of claim 23, wherein the SAHA is administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days for two weeks, followed by a one-week rest period.
26. The method of claim 23, wherein the SAHA is administered for at least one treatment period of 3 out of 7 days, wherein the administration is repeated weekly.
27. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered at a total daily dose of up to 300 mg, and the Pemetrexed is administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m2.
28. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered at a total daily dose of up to 400 mg, and the Pemetrexed is administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m2.
29. The method of any one of claims 2-12, wherein the SAHA is administered at a total daily dose of up to 600 mg, and the Pemetrexed is administered at a total daily dose of up to 500 mg/m2.
30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising: i) suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000082_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof and ii) L-glutamic acid, N-[4- [2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, and optionally one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
31. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein the composition is formulated for oral or intravenous administration.
32. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 31, wherein the composition is formulated for oral administration and comprises one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients comprising microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, and magnesium stearate.
33. The pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 30-32, which comprises: i) SAHA (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid) and ii) Pemetrexed (L-glutamic acid, N-[4- [2-(2-ammo-4,7-dihydro-4-bx'6-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidm-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl) disodium salt, heptahydrate).
PCT/US2006/042950 2005-11-04 2006-11-03 Method of treating cancers with saha and pemetrexed WO2007056135A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2006311894A AU2006311894A1 (en) 2005-11-04 2006-11-03 Method of treating cancers with SAHA and pemetrexed
CA002636596A CA2636596A1 (en) 2005-11-04 2006-11-03 Method of treating cancers with saha and pemetrexed
EP06836873A EP1954284A4 (en) 2005-11-04 2006-11-03 Method of treating cancers with saha and pemetrexed
JP2008539056A JP2009514874A (en) 2005-11-04 2006-11-03 Method for treating cancer using SAHA and pemetrexed

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US73395105P 2005-11-04 2005-11-04
US60/733,951 2005-11-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007056135A1 true WO2007056135A1 (en) 2007-05-18

Family

ID=38023582

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/043112 WO2007056232A2 (en) 2005-11-04 2006-11-03 Methods of using saha and bortezomib for treating cancer
PCT/US2006/042950 WO2007056135A1 (en) 2005-11-04 2006-11-03 Method of treating cancers with saha and pemetrexed

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/043112 WO2007056232A2 (en) 2005-11-04 2006-11-03 Methods of using saha and bortezomib for treating cancer

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (4) US20070117815A1 (en)
EP (2) EP1947936A4 (en)
JP (2) JP2009514874A (en)
CN (3) CN101325955A (en)
AU (2) AU2006311808A1 (en)
CA (2) CA2627129A1 (en)
WO (2) WO2007056232A2 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007054719A2 (en) 2005-11-10 2007-05-18 Topotarget Uk Limited Histone deacetylase (hdac) inhibitors (pxdlol) for the treatment of cancer alone or in combination with chemotherapeutic agent
EP2167090A2 (en) * 2007-06-06 2010-03-31 University of Maryland, Baltimore Hdac inhibitors and hormone targeted drugs for the treatment of cancer
JP2011520921A (en) * 2008-05-16 2011-07-21 ファルマ・マール・ソシエダード・アノニマ Combination therapy with antitumor alkaloids
US8093295B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2012-01-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing the same
US9358272B2 (en) 2011-02-17 2016-06-07 The Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund Multicomponent compositions and their uses

Families Citing this family (39)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2532607T3 (en) * 2002-03-04 2015-03-30 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Induction methods of terminal differentiation
US20080113874A1 (en) * 2004-01-23 2008-05-15 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado Gefitinib sensitivity-related gene expression and products and methods related thereto
US8017321B2 (en) * 2004-01-23 2011-09-13 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Gefitinib sensitivity-related gene expression and products and methods related thereto
ES2537631T3 (en) * 2004-05-27 2015-06-10 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado Methods for predicting the clinical outcome for epidermal growth factor receptor inhibitors for cancer patients
ES2534304T3 (en) 2004-11-12 2015-04-21 Asuragen, Inc. Procedures and compositions involving miRNA and miRNA inhibitor molecules
AU2006223086A1 (en) * 2005-03-11 2006-09-21 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado Histone deacetylase inhibitors sensitize cancer cells to epidermal growth factor inhibitors
AU2006311820A1 (en) * 2005-11-04 2007-05-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Methods of using SAHA and erlotinib for treating cancer
AU2006311808A1 (en) * 2005-11-04 2007-05-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Methods of using SAHA and bortezomib for treating cancer
EP2056808A4 (en) * 2006-08-28 2009-12-23 Univ California Small molecule potentiator of hormonal therapy for breast cancer
CA2667348A1 (en) * 2006-11-03 2008-05-15 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Methods of using saha and bortezomib for treating multiple myeloma
US20080242648A1 (en) * 2006-11-10 2008-10-02 Syndax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., A California Corporation COMBINATION OF ERa+ LIGANDS AND HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER
TWI433674B (en) 2006-12-28 2014-04-11 Infinity Discovery Inc Cyclopamine analogs
WO2009015203A1 (en) * 2007-07-23 2009-01-29 Syndax Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel compounds and methods of using them
WO2009015237A1 (en) * 2007-07-23 2009-01-29 Syndax Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel compounds and methods of using them
WO2009058895A1 (en) * 2007-10-30 2009-05-07 Syndax Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Administration of an inhibitor of hdac and an mtor inhibitor
WO2009064300A1 (en) * 2007-11-15 2009-05-22 The Johns Hopkins University Combinations of hdac inhibitors and cytokines/growth factors
US20090131367A1 (en) * 2007-11-19 2009-05-21 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado Combinations of HDAC Inhibitors and Proteasome Inhibitors
CN101917853B (en) 2007-12-27 2014-03-19 无限药品股份有限公司 Methods for stereoselective reduction
AR070047A1 (en) * 2007-12-27 2010-03-10 Infinity Pharmaceuticals Inc THERAPEUTIC TREATMENTS AGAINST CANCER. COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES A HEDGEHOG INHIBITOR.
US20100297118A1 (en) * 2007-12-27 2010-11-25 Macdougall John Therapeutic Cancer Treatments
JP6141015B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2017-06-07 インフィニティ ファーマスーティカルズ、インク. Enzymatic transamination of cyclopamine analogues.
SG178873A1 (en) * 2009-08-25 2012-04-27 Abraxis Bioscience Llc Combination therapy with nanoparticle compositions of taxane and hedgehog inhibitors
JP2013511549A (en) * 2009-11-20 2013-04-04 インフィニティー ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Methods and compositions for the treatment of hedgehog-related cancer
US8263578B2 (en) 2010-03-18 2012-09-11 Innopharma, Inc. Stable bortezomib formulations
NZ602392A (en) * 2010-03-18 2014-03-28 Innopharma Inc Stable bortezomib formulations
WO2011115688A2 (en) 2010-03-19 2011-09-22 H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center & Research Institute Integrin interaction inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
KR20130101519A (en) * 2010-09-01 2013-09-13 노파르티스 아게 Combination of hdac inhibitors with thrombocytopenia drugs
US9394313B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2016-07-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transfer hydrogenation of cyclopamine analogs
US8933051B2 (en) * 2010-09-30 2015-01-13 University Of Zurich Treatment of B-cell lymphoma with microRNA
US20140080762A1 (en) * 2011-03-21 2014-03-20 H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center And Research Institute, Inc. Hyd1 peptides for relapsed cancer
WO2013023043A2 (en) * 2011-08-10 2013-02-14 Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of advanced solid tumors using combination of anti-erbb3 immunotherapy and selected chemotherapy
WO2015048477A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2015-04-02 H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center And Research Institute, Inc. Cyclic peptide conjugates and methods of use
US9988343B2 (en) 2013-11-05 2018-06-05 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
WO2016196928A1 (en) 2015-06-04 2016-12-08 PellePharm, Inc. Topical formulations for delivery of hedgehog inhibitor compounds and use thereof
WO2017020048A1 (en) * 2015-07-30 2017-02-02 Expression Pathology, Inc. QUANTIFYING FR-α AND GART PROTEINS FOR OPTIMAL CANCER THERAPY
JP7136807B2 (en) 2017-04-17 2022-09-13 ザ・ユニバーシティ・オブ・シカゴ Polymeric materials for the intestinal delivery of short-chain fatty acids for therapeutic applications in human health and disease
KR102040034B1 (en) * 2017-12-13 2019-11-05 주식회사 아이큐어비앤피 Oral pharmaceutical composition comprising pemetrexed and method for preparing the same
CN108821999A (en) * 2018-04-26 2018-11-16 南昌大学 A kind of amino acid hydroxamic acid aminopeptidase N inhibitor and preparation method
JP2022513194A (en) * 2018-12-10 2022-02-07 トランスレイショナル・ドラッグ・ディベロップメント・エルエルシー (S) -N-Hydroxy-2- (2- (4-methoxyphenyl) butaneamide) thiazole-5-carboxamide and its pharmaceutically acceptable salt

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5344932A (en) * 1989-12-11 1994-09-06 Trustees Of Princeton University N-(pyrrolo(2,3-d)pyrimidin-3-ylacyl)-glutamic acid derivatives
US5369108A (en) * 1991-10-04 1994-11-29 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Potent inducers of terminal differentiation and methods of use thereof

Family Cites Families (47)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3895347A (en) * 1973-09-10 1975-07-15 Bridgestone Tire Co Ltd System for transmitting information of reduced pneumatic pressure of tire
JPS61176523A (en) * 1985-01-30 1986-08-08 Teruhiko Beppu Carcinostatic agent
US5175191A (en) * 1988-11-14 1992-12-29 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Potent inducers of terminal differentiation and methods of use thereof
US5055608A (en) * 1988-11-14 1991-10-08 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Novel potent inducers of thermal differentiation and method of use thereof
US5608108A (en) * 1988-11-14 1997-03-04 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Potent inducers of terminal differentiation and method of use thereof
US5700811A (en) * 1991-10-04 1997-12-23 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Potent inducers of terminal differentiation and method of use thereof
USRE38506E1 (en) * 1991-10-04 2004-04-20 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Potent inducers of terminal differentiation and methods of use thereof
US5635532A (en) * 1991-10-21 1997-06-03 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Compositions and methods for therapy and prevention of pathologies including cancer, AIDS and anemia
US6043389A (en) * 1997-03-11 2000-03-28 Mor Research Applications, Ltd. Hydroxy and ether-containing oxyalkylene esters and uses thereof
US6231880B1 (en) * 1997-05-30 2001-05-15 Susan P. Perrine Compositions and administration of compositions for the treatment of blood disorders
US6262116B1 (en) * 1998-01-23 2001-07-17 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Transcription therapy for cancers
US20040127470A1 (en) * 1998-12-23 2004-07-01 Pharmacia Corporation Methods and compositions for the prevention or treatment of neoplasia comprising a Cox-2 inhibitor in combination with an epidermal growth factor receptor antagonist
KR20020059393A (en) * 1999-09-08 2002-07-12 제임스 에스. 쿼크 Novel class of cytodifferentiating agents and histone deacetylase inhibitors, and methods of use thereof
PT1259513E (en) * 2000-02-25 2004-02-27 Lilly Co Eli NEW CRYSTALLINE FORM OF N-4 - [(2-AMINO-4,7-DIHYDRO-4-OXO-3H-PYRROLO-2,3-D | PYRIMIDIN-5-YL) ETHYL ACID | - BENZOIL | -L-GLUTAMIC AND PROCESS FOR THEIR OBTENTION
AU2001287157A1 (en) * 2000-09-12 2002-03-26 Virginia Commonwealth University Promotion of adoptosis in cancer cells by co-administration of cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors and cellular differentiation agents
AU2002243231A1 (en) * 2000-11-21 2002-07-24 Wake Forest University Method of treating autoimmune diseases
WO2002060430A1 (en) * 2001-02-01 2002-08-08 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Use of retinoids plus histone deacetylase inhibitors to inhibit the growth of solid tumors
US6501372B2 (en) * 2001-02-02 2002-12-31 Trw Inc. Tire condition sensor communication with unique sampling on vehicle-side diversity antenna array
US6495719B2 (en) * 2001-03-27 2002-12-17 Circagen Pharmaceutical Histone deacetylase inhibitors
US7314953B2 (en) * 2001-03-27 2008-01-01 Errant Gene Therapeutics, Llc Treatment of lung cells with histone deacetylase inhibitors
US6905669B2 (en) * 2001-04-24 2005-06-14 Supergen, Inc. Compositions and methods for reestablishing gene transcription through inhibition of DNA methylation and histone deacetylase
AU2002318364A1 (en) * 2001-06-14 2003-01-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Novel human histone deacetylases
US20040132643A1 (en) * 2002-01-09 2004-07-08 Fojo Antonio Tito Histone deacelylase inhibitors in diagnosis and treatment of thyroid neoplasms
WO2003070188A2 (en) * 2002-02-15 2003-08-28 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Method of treating trx mediated diseases
US20070060614A1 (en) * 2002-03-04 2007-03-15 Bacopoulos Nicholas G Methods of treating cancer with hdac inhibitors
ES2532607T3 (en) * 2002-03-04 2015-03-30 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Induction methods of terminal differentiation
US20040132825A1 (en) * 2002-03-04 2004-07-08 Bacopoulos Nicholas G. Methods of treating cancer with HDAC inhibitors
US7148257B2 (en) * 2002-03-04 2006-12-12 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Methods of treating mesothelioma with suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US20060276547A1 (en) * 2002-03-04 2006-12-07 Bacopoulos Nicholas G Methods of treating cancer with HDAC inhibitors
US7456219B2 (en) * 2002-03-04 2008-11-25 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
CN100566711C (en) * 2002-04-15 2009-12-09 斯隆-凯特林癌症研究院 Chemical compound of treatment cancer and uses thereof
JP2005530739A (en) * 2002-04-19 2005-10-13 セルラー ジェノミクス,インコーポレーテッド Imidazo [1,2-a] pyrazin-8-ylamine, method of production, and method of use
AU2003253681B2 (en) * 2002-06-24 2008-05-01 Research Development Foundation Treatment of human multiple myeloma by Curcumin
WO2004053066A2 (en) * 2002-12-06 2004-06-24 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification, assessment, and treatment of patients with proteasome inhibition therapy
CN1839121A (en) * 2003-04-01 2006-09-27 斯隆-凯特林癌症研究所 Hydroxamic acid compounds and methods of use thereof
US20050043233A1 (en) * 2003-04-29 2005-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Combinations for the treatment of diseases involving cell proliferation, migration or apoptosis of myeloma cells or angiogenesis
US20050020557A1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2005-01-27 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Method for treating diseases using HSP90-inhibiting agents in combination with enzyme inhibitors
EP1638541B1 (en) * 2003-06-27 2010-05-19 Astellas Pharma Inc. Therapeutic agent for soft tissue sarcoma
DE602004026321D1 (en) * 2003-08-26 2010-05-12 Merck Hdac Res Llc Use of SAHA for the treatment of mesothelioma
EP1667680A4 (en) * 2003-08-29 2008-10-08 Aton Pharma Inc Combination methods of treating cancer
US7951780B2 (en) * 2004-02-25 2011-05-31 Astellas Pharma Inc. Antitumor agent
US20050187148A1 (en) * 2004-02-25 2005-08-25 Yoshinori Naoe Antitumor agent
WO2006102557A2 (en) * 2005-03-22 2006-09-28 The President And Fellows Of Harvard College Treatment of protein degradation disorders
AU2006311820A1 (en) * 2005-11-04 2007-05-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Methods of using SAHA and erlotinib for treating cancer
AU2006311808A1 (en) * 2005-11-04 2007-05-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Methods of using SAHA and bortezomib for treating cancer
CA2626679C (en) * 2005-11-04 2011-08-16 Merck & Co., Inc. Methods of treating cancers with saha, carboplatin, and paclitaxel and other combination therapies
CA2667348A1 (en) * 2006-11-03 2008-05-15 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Methods of using saha and bortezomib for treating multiple myeloma

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5344932A (en) * 1989-12-11 1994-09-06 Trustees Of Princeton University N-(pyrrolo(2,3-d)pyrimidin-3-ylacyl)-glutamic acid derivatives
US5369108A (en) * 1991-10-04 1994-11-29 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Potent inducers of terminal differentiation and methods of use thereof

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1954284A4 *

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8093295B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2012-01-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing the same
US8288440B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2012-10-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US8450372B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2013-05-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
WO2007054719A2 (en) 2005-11-10 2007-05-18 Topotarget Uk Limited Histone deacetylase (hdac) inhibitors (pxdlol) for the treatment of cancer alone or in combination with chemotherapeutic agent
EP2167090A2 (en) * 2007-06-06 2010-03-31 University of Maryland, Baltimore Hdac inhibitors and hormone targeted drugs for the treatment of cancer
EP2167090A4 (en) * 2007-06-06 2010-08-25 Univ Maryland Hdac inhibitors and hormone targeted drugs for the treatment of cancer
EP2359828A1 (en) * 2007-06-06 2011-08-24 University of Maryland, Baltimore HDAC inhibitors and hormone targeted drugs for the treatment of cancer
US8110550B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2012-02-07 University Of Maryland, Baltimore HDAC inhibitors and hormone targeted drugs for the treatment of cancer
JP2011520921A (en) * 2008-05-16 2011-07-21 ファルマ・マール・ソシエダード・アノニマ Combination therapy with antitumor alkaloids
US9358272B2 (en) 2011-02-17 2016-06-07 The Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund Multicomponent compositions and their uses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2009514889A (en) 2009-04-09
EP1954284A4 (en) 2010-01-06
US20070197473A1 (en) 2007-08-23
WO2007056232A2 (en) 2007-05-18
WO2007056232A3 (en) 2007-09-27
AU2006311894A1 (en) 2007-05-18
CA2627129A1 (en) 2007-05-18
EP1947936A2 (en) 2008-07-30
CA2636596A1 (en) 2007-05-18
EP1947936A4 (en) 2010-02-10
CN101365440A (en) 2009-02-11
US20070117815A1 (en) 2007-05-24
US20090247549A1 (en) 2009-10-01
WO2007056232B1 (en) 2007-11-08
EP1954284A1 (en) 2008-08-13
JP2009514874A (en) 2009-04-09
AU2006311808A1 (en) 2007-05-18
CN101325955A (en) 2008-12-17
US20080269182A1 (en) 2008-10-30
CN101299921A (en) 2008-11-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20080269182A1 (en) Method of treating cancers with SAHA and Pemetrexed
AU2006311829B2 (en) Methods of treating cancers with SAHA, carboplatin, and paclitaxel and other combination therapies
US20070197568A1 (en) Methods of using SAHA and Erlotinib for treating cancer
US20090227674A1 (en) Combination methods fo saha and targretin for treating cancer
US20100113392A1 (en) Methods of using saha and bortezomib for treating multiple myeloma
JP2007504131A (en) Combination treatment of cancer
KR20090064400A (en) Pharmaceutical compositions of hdac inhibitors and chelatable metal compounds, and metal-hdac inhibitor chelate complexes
WO2007056243A2 (en) Methods of treating cancers with saha and fluorouracil and other combination therapies

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200680046258.9

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006311894

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2636596

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008539056

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006311894

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20061103

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 4496/DELNP/2008

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006836873

Country of ref document: EP